1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 } forinfo_T; 82 83 84 /* 85 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 86 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 87 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 88 * variables with the VV_ defines. 89 */ 90 91 /* values for vv_flags: */ 92 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 93 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 94 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 95 96 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 97 98 static struct vimvar 99 { 100 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 101 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 102 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 103 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 104 { 105 /* 106 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 107 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 108 */ 109 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 110 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 111 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 113 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 114 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 115 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 116 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 117 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 119 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 121 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 132 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 133 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 136 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 137 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 148 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 155 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 160 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 164 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 166 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 168 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 169 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 174 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 176 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 180 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 {VV_NAME("termrfgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 191 {VV_NAME("termrbgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 192 {VV_NAME("termu7resp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 193 {VV_NAME("termstyleresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 194 {VV_NAME("termblinkresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 195 {VV_NAME("event", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 196 }; 197 198 /* shorthand */ 199 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 200 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 201 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 202 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 203 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 204 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 205 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 206 207 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 208 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 209 210 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 211 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 212 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 213 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 214 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 215 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 216 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 217 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 218 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 219 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 220 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 221 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 222 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 223 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 224 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 225 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 226 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 227 228 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 229 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 230 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 231 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 232 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 233 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 234 235 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 236 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 237 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 238 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 239 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 240 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 241 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 242 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 243 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 244 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first); 245 static void list_one_var_a(char_u *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 246 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 247 248 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 249 #include "version.h" 250 251 252 #if defined(EBCDIC) || defined(PROTO) 253 /* 254 * Compare struct fst by function name. 255 */ 256 static int 257 compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2) 258 { 259 struct fst *p1 = (struct fst *)s1; 260 struct fst *p2 = (struct fst *)s2; 261 262 return STRCMP(p1->f_name, p2->f_name); 263 } 264 265 /* 266 * Sort the function table by function name. 267 * The sorting of the table above is ASCII dependant. 268 * On machines using EBCDIC we have to sort it. 269 */ 270 static void 271 sortFunctions(void) 272 { 273 int funcCnt = (int)(sizeof(functions) / sizeof(struct fst)) - 1; 274 275 qsort(functions, (size_t)funcCnt, sizeof(struct fst), compare_func_name); 276 } 277 #endif 278 279 280 /* 281 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 282 */ 283 void 284 eval_init(void) 285 { 286 int i; 287 struct vimvar *p; 288 289 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 290 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 291 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 292 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 293 func_init(); 294 295 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 296 { 297 p = &vimvars[i]; 298 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 299 { 300 IEMSG("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 301 getout(1); 302 } 303 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 304 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 305 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 306 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 307 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 308 else 309 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 310 311 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 312 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 313 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 314 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 315 /* add to compat scope dict */ 316 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 317 } 318 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 319 320 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 321 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 322 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 323 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 324 set_vim_var_dict(VV_EVENT, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 325 326 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 327 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 328 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 329 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 330 331 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 332 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 333 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 334 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 335 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 336 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 337 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 338 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 339 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 340 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 341 342 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 343 344 #ifdef EBCDIC 345 /* 346 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 347 */ 348 sortFunctions(); 349 #endif 350 } 351 352 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 353 void 354 eval_clear(void) 355 { 356 int i; 357 struct vimvar *p; 358 359 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 360 { 361 p = &vimvars[i]; 362 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 363 VIM_CLEAR(p->vv_str); 364 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 365 { 366 list_unref(p->vv_list); 367 p->vv_list = NULL; 368 } 369 } 370 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 371 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 372 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 373 374 free_scriptnames(); 375 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 376 free_locales(); 377 # endif 378 379 /* global variables */ 380 vars_clear(&globvarht); 381 382 /* autoloaded script names */ 383 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 384 385 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 386 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 387 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 388 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 389 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 390 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 391 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 392 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 393 394 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 395 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 396 397 /* functions */ 398 free_all_functions(); 399 } 400 #endif 401 402 403 /* 404 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 405 * not already exist. 406 */ 407 void 408 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 409 { 410 char_u *val; 411 typval_T *tvp; 412 413 val = vim_strsave(value); 414 if (val != NULL) 415 { 416 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 417 if (tvp != NULL) 418 { 419 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 420 free_tv(tvp); 421 } 422 } 423 } 424 425 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 426 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 427 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 428 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 429 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 430 431 /* 432 * Start recording command output to a variable 433 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 434 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 435 */ 436 int 437 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 438 { 439 int save_emsg; 440 int err; 441 typval_T tv; 442 443 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 444 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 445 { 446 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 447 return FAIL; 448 } 449 450 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 451 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 452 if (redir_varname == NULL) 453 return FAIL; 454 455 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 456 if (redir_lval == NULL) 457 { 458 var_redir_stop(); 459 return FAIL; 460 } 461 462 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 463 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 464 465 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 466 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 467 FNE_CHECK_START); 468 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 469 { 470 clear_lval(redir_lval); 471 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 472 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 473 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 474 else 475 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 476 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 477 var_redir_stop(); 478 return FAIL; 479 } 480 481 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 482 * string */ 483 save_emsg = did_emsg; 484 did_emsg = FALSE; 485 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 486 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 487 if (append) 488 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 489 else 490 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 491 clear_lval(redir_lval); 492 err = did_emsg; 493 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 494 if (err) 495 { 496 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 497 var_redir_stop(); 498 return FAIL; 499 } 500 501 return OK; 502 } 503 504 /* 505 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 506 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 507 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 508 * memory to be used: 509 * :redir => foo 510 * :let foo 511 * :redir END 512 */ 513 void 514 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 515 { 516 int len; 517 518 if (redir_lval == NULL) 519 return; 520 521 if (value_len == -1) 522 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 523 else 524 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 525 526 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 527 { 528 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 529 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 530 } 531 else 532 var_redir_stop(); 533 } 534 535 /* 536 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 537 * Frees the allocated memory. 538 */ 539 void 540 var_redir_stop(void) 541 { 542 typval_T tv; 543 544 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 545 { 546 redir_lval = NULL; 547 return; 548 } 549 550 if (redir_lval != NULL) 551 { 552 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 553 if (redir_endp != NULL) 554 { 555 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 556 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 557 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 558 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 559 * have changed. */ 560 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 561 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 562 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 563 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 564 clear_lval(redir_lval); 565 } 566 567 /* free the collected output */ 568 VIM_CLEAR(redir_ga.ga_data); 569 570 VIM_CLEAR(redir_lval); 571 } 572 VIM_CLEAR(redir_varname); 573 } 574 575 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 576 int 577 eval_charconvert( 578 char_u *enc_from, 579 char_u *enc_to, 580 char_u *fname_from, 581 char_u *fname_to) 582 { 583 int err = FALSE; 584 585 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 586 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 587 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 588 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 589 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 590 err = TRUE; 591 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 592 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 593 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 594 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 595 596 if (err) 597 return FAIL; 598 return OK; 599 } 600 # endif 601 602 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 603 int 604 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 605 { 606 int err = FALSE; 607 608 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 609 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 610 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 611 err = TRUE; 612 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 613 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 614 615 if (err) 616 { 617 mch_remove(fname); 618 return FAIL; 619 } 620 return OK; 621 } 622 # endif 623 624 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 625 void 626 eval_diff( 627 char_u *origfile, 628 char_u *newfile, 629 char_u *outfile) 630 { 631 int err = FALSE; 632 633 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 634 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 635 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 636 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 637 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 638 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 639 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 640 } 641 642 void 643 eval_patch( 644 char_u *origfile, 645 char_u *difffile, 646 char_u *outfile) 647 { 648 int err; 649 650 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 651 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 652 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 653 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 654 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 655 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 656 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 657 } 658 # endif 659 660 /* 661 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 662 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 663 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 664 */ 665 int 666 eval_to_bool( 667 char_u *arg, 668 int *error, 669 char_u **nextcmd, 670 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 671 { 672 typval_T tv; 673 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 674 675 if (skip) 676 ++emsg_skip; 677 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 678 *error = TRUE; 679 else 680 { 681 *error = FALSE; 682 if (!skip) 683 { 684 retval = (get_tv_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 685 clear_tv(&tv); 686 } 687 } 688 if (skip) 689 --emsg_skip; 690 691 return (int)retval; 692 } 693 694 static int 695 eval_expr_typval(typval_T *expr, typval_T *argv, int argc, typval_T *rettv) 696 { 697 char_u *s; 698 int dummy; 699 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 700 701 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 702 { 703 s = expr->vval.v_string; 704 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 705 return FAIL; 706 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 707 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 708 return FAIL; 709 } 710 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 711 { 712 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 713 714 s = partial_name(partial); 715 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 716 return FAIL; 717 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 718 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 719 return FAIL; 720 } 721 else 722 { 723 s = get_tv_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 724 if (s == NULL) 725 return FAIL; 726 s = skipwhite(s); 727 if (eval1(&s, rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 728 return FAIL; 729 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 730 { 731 clear_tv(rettv); 732 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), s); 733 return FAIL; 734 } 735 } 736 return OK; 737 } 738 739 /* 740 * Like eval_to_bool() but using a typval_T instead of a string. 741 * Works for string, funcref and partial. 742 */ 743 int 744 eval_expr_to_bool(typval_T *expr, int *error) 745 { 746 typval_T rettv; 747 int res; 748 749 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, NULL, 0, &rettv) == FAIL) 750 { 751 *error = TRUE; 752 return FALSE; 753 } 754 res = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, error) != 0); 755 clear_tv(&rettv); 756 return res; 757 } 758 759 /* 760 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 761 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 762 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 763 */ 764 char_u * 765 eval_to_string_skip( 766 char_u *arg, 767 char_u **nextcmd, 768 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 769 { 770 typval_T tv; 771 char_u *retval; 772 773 if (skip) 774 ++emsg_skip; 775 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 776 retval = NULL; 777 else 778 { 779 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 780 clear_tv(&tv); 781 } 782 if (skip) 783 --emsg_skip; 784 785 return retval; 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 790 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 791 */ 792 int 793 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 794 { 795 typval_T rettv; 796 797 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 798 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 799 } 800 801 /* 802 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 803 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 804 * a Float to a String. 805 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 806 */ 807 char_u * 808 eval_to_string( 809 char_u *arg, 810 char_u **nextcmd, 811 int convert) 812 { 813 typval_T tv; 814 char_u *retval; 815 garray_T ga; 816 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 817 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 818 #endif 819 820 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 821 retval = NULL; 822 else 823 { 824 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 825 { 826 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 827 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 828 { 829 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 830 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 831 ga_append(&ga, NL); 832 } 833 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 834 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 835 } 836 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 837 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 838 { 839 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 840 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 841 } 842 #endif 843 else 844 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 845 clear_tv(&tv); 846 } 847 848 return retval; 849 } 850 851 /* 852 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 853 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 854 */ 855 char_u * 856 eval_to_string_safe( 857 char_u *arg, 858 char_u **nextcmd, 859 int use_sandbox) 860 { 861 char_u *retval; 862 funccal_entry_T funccal_entry; 863 864 save_funccal(&funccal_entry); 865 if (use_sandbox) 866 ++sandbox; 867 ++textlock; 868 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 869 if (use_sandbox) 870 --sandbox; 871 --textlock; 872 restore_funccal(); 873 return retval; 874 } 875 876 /* 877 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 878 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 879 * Returns -1 for an error. 880 */ 881 varnumber_T 882 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 883 { 884 typval_T rettv; 885 varnumber_T retval; 886 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 887 888 ++emsg_off; 889 890 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 891 retval = -1; 892 else 893 { 894 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 895 clear_tv(&rettv); 896 } 897 --emsg_off; 898 899 return retval; 900 } 901 902 /* 903 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 904 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 905 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 906 */ 907 static void 908 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 909 { 910 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 911 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 912 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 913 } 914 915 /* 916 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 917 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 918 */ 919 static void 920 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 921 { 922 hashitem_T *hi; 923 924 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 925 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 926 { 927 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 928 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 929 internal_error("restore_vimvar()"); 930 else 931 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 932 } 933 } 934 935 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 936 /* 937 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 938 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 939 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 940 */ 941 list_T * 942 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 943 { 944 typval_T save_val; 945 typval_T rettv; 946 list_T *list = NULL; 947 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 948 949 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 950 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 951 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 952 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 953 if (p_verbose == 0) 954 ++emsg_off; 955 956 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 957 { 958 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 959 clear_tv(&rettv); 960 else 961 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 962 } 963 964 if (p_verbose == 0) 965 --emsg_off; 966 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 967 968 return list; 969 } 970 971 /* 972 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 973 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 974 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 975 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 976 */ 977 int 978 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 979 { 980 listitem_T *li; 981 982 li = list->lv_first; 983 if (li == NULL) 984 return -1; 985 *pp = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 986 987 li = li->li_next; 988 if (li == NULL) 989 return -1; 990 return (int)get_tv_number(&li->li_tv); 991 } 992 #endif 993 994 /* 995 * Top level evaluation function. 996 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 997 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 998 */ 999 typval_T * 1000 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 1001 { 1002 typval_T *tv; 1003 1004 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 1005 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 1006 VIM_CLEAR(tv); 1007 1008 return tv; 1009 } 1010 1011 1012 /* 1013 * Call some Vim script function and return the result in "*rettv". 1014 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] 1015 * should have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1016 * Returns OK or FAIL. 1017 */ 1018 int 1019 call_vim_function( 1020 char_u *func, 1021 int argc, 1022 typval_T *argv, 1023 typval_T *rettv) 1024 { 1025 int doesrange; 1026 int ret; 1027 1028 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 1029 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 1030 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1031 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 1032 if (ret == FAIL) 1033 clear_tv(rettv); 1034 1035 return ret; 1036 } 1037 1038 /* 1039 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a number. 1040 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1041 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1042 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1043 */ 1044 varnumber_T 1045 call_func_retnr( 1046 char_u *func, 1047 int argc, 1048 typval_T *argv) 1049 { 1050 typval_T rettv; 1051 varnumber_T retval; 1052 1053 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv) == FAIL) 1054 return -1; 1055 1056 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1057 clear_tv(&rettv); 1058 return retval; 1059 } 1060 1061 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1062 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1063 1064 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1065 /* 1066 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a string. 1067 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1068 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1069 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1070 */ 1071 void * 1072 call_func_retstr( 1073 char_u *func, 1074 int argc, 1075 typval_T *argv) 1076 { 1077 typval_T rettv; 1078 char_u *retval; 1079 1080 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv) == FAIL) 1081 return NULL; 1082 1083 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&rettv)); 1084 clear_tv(&rettv); 1085 return retval; 1086 } 1087 # endif 1088 1089 /* 1090 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a List. 1091 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1092 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1093 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1094 */ 1095 void * 1096 call_func_retlist( 1097 char_u *func, 1098 int argc, 1099 typval_T *argv) 1100 { 1101 typval_T rettv; 1102 1103 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv) == FAIL) 1104 return NULL; 1105 1106 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1107 { 1108 clear_tv(&rettv); 1109 return NULL; 1110 } 1111 1112 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1113 } 1114 #endif 1115 1116 1117 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1118 /* 1119 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1120 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1121 */ 1122 int 1123 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1124 { 1125 typval_T tv; 1126 varnumber_T retval; 1127 char_u *s; 1128 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1129 OPT_LOCAL); 1130 1131 ++emsg_off; 1132 if (use_sandbox) 1133 ++sandbox; 1134 ++textlock; 1135 *cp = NUL; 1136 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1137 retval = 0; 1138 else 1139 { 1140 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1141 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1142 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1143 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1144 retval = 0; 1145 else 1146 { 1147 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1148 * the number. */ 1149 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1150 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1151 *cp = *s++; 1152 retval = atol((char *)s); 1153 } 1154 clear_tv(&tv); 1155 } 1156 --emsg_off; 1157 if (use_sandbox) 1158 --sandbox; 1159 --textlock; 1160 1161 return (int)retval; 1162 } 1163 #endif 1164 1165 /* 1166 * ":let" list all variable values 1167 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1168 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1169 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1170 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1171 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1172 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1173 */ 1174 void 1175 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1176 { 1177 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1178 char_u *expr = NULL; 1179 typval_T rettv; 1180 int i; 1181 int var_count = 0; 1182 int semicolon = 0; 1183 char_u op[2]; 1184 char_u *argend; 1185 int first = TRUE; 1186 1187 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1188 if (argend == NULL) 1189 return; 1190 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') /* for var.='str' */ 1191 --argend; 1192 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1193 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL 1194 && expr[1] == '=')) 1195 { 1196 /* 1197 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1198 */ 1199 if (*arg == '[') 1200 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 1201 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1202 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1203 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1204 else if (!eap->skip) 1205 { 1206 /* ":let" */ 1207 list_glob_vars(&first); 1208 list_buf_vars(&first); 1209 list_win_vars(&first); 1210 list_tab_vars(&first); 1211 list_script_vars(&first); 1212 list_func_vars(&first); 1213 list_vim_vars(&first); 1214 } 1215 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1216 } 1217 else 1218 { 1219 op[0] = '='; 1220 op[1] = NUL; 1221 if (*expr != '=') 1222 { 1223 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL) 1224 op[0] = *expr; /* +=, -= or .= */ 1225 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1226 } 1227 else 1228 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1229 1230 if (eap->skip) 1231 ++emsg_skip; 1232 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1233 if (eap->skip) 1234 { 1235 if (i != FAIL) 1236 clear_tv(&rettv); 1237 --emsg_skip; 1238 } 1239 else if (i != FAIL) 1240 { 1241 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1242 op); 1243 clear_tv(&rettv); 1244 } 1245 } 1246 } 1247 1248 /* 1249 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1250 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1251 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1252 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1253 * or concatenate. 1254 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1255 */ 1256 static int 1257 ex_let_vars( 1258 char_u *arg_start, 1259 typval_T *tv, 1260 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1261 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1262 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1263 char_u *nextchars) 1264 { 1265 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1266 list_T *l; 1267 int i; 1268 listitem_T *item; 1269 typval_T ltv; 1270 1271 if (*arg != '[') 1272 { 1273 /* 1274 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1275 */ 1276 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1277 return FAIL; 1278 return OK; 1279 } 1280 1281 /* 1282 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1283 */ 1284 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1285 { 1286 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 1287 return FAIL; 1288 } 1289 1290 i = list_len(l); 1291 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1292 { 1293 EMSG(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1294 return FAIL; 1295 } 1296 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1297 { 1298 EMSG(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1299 return FAIL; 1300 } 1301 1302 item = l->lv_first; 1303 while (*arg != ']') 1304 { 1305 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1306 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1307 item = item->li_next; 1308 if (arg == NULL) 1309 return FAIL; 1310 1311 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1312 if (*arg == ';') 1313 { 1314 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1315 * Create a new list for this. */ 1316 l = list_alloc(); 1317 if (l == NULL) 1318 return FAIL; 1319 while (item != NULL) 1320 { 1321 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1322 item = item->li_next; 1323 } 1324 1325 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1326 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1327 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1328 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1329 1330 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1331 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1332 clear_tv(<v); 1333 if (arg == NULL) 1334 return FAIL; 1335 break; 1336 } 1337 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1338 { 1339 internal_error("ex_let_vars()"); 1340 return FAIL; 1341 } 1342 } 1343 1344 return OK; 1345 } 1346 1347 /* 1348 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1349 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1350 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1351 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1352 * Return NULL for an error. 1353 */ 1354 static char_u * 1355 skip_var_list( 1356 char_u *arg, 1357 int *var_count, 1358 int *semicolon) 1359 { 1360 char_u *p, *s; 1361 1362 if (*arg == '[') 1363 { 1364 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1365 p = arg; 1366 for (;;) 1367 { 1368 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1369 s = skip_var_one(p); 1370 if (s == p) 1371 { 1372 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1373 return NULL; 1374 } 1375 ++*var_count; 1376 1377 p = skipwhite(s); 1378 if (*p == ']') 1379 break; 1380 else if (*p == ';') 1381 { 1382 if (*semicolon == 1) 1383 { 1384 EMSG(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1385 return NULL; 1386 } 1387 *semicolon = 1; 1388 } 1389 else if (*p != ',') 1390 { 1391 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1392 return NULL; 1393 } 1394 } 1395 return p + 1; 1396 } 1397 else 1398 return skip_var_one(arg); 1399 } 1400 1401 /* 1402 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1403 * l[idx]. 1404 */ 1405 static char_u * 1406 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1407 { 1408 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1409 return arg + 2; 1410 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1411 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1412 } 1413 1414 /* 1415 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1416 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1417 */ 1418 void 1419 list_hashtable_vars( 1420 hashtab_T *ht, 1421 char_u *prefix, 1422 int empty, 1423 int *first) 1424 { 1425 hashitem_T *hi; 1426 dictitem_T *di; 1427 int todo; 1428 1429 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1430 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1431 { 1432 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1433 { 1434 --todo; 1435 di = HI2DI(hi); 1436 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1437 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1438 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1439 } 1440 } 1441 } 1442 1443 /* 1444 * List global variables. 1445 */ 1446 static void 1447 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1448 { 1449 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, (char_u *)"", TRUE, first); 1450 } 1451 1452 /* 1453 * List buffer variables. 1454 */ 1455 static void 1456 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1457 { 1458 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, (char_u *)"b:", 1459 TRUE, first); 1460 } 1461 1462 /* 1463 * List window variables. 1464 */ 1465 static void 1466 list_win_vars(int *first) 1467 { 1468 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 1469 (char_u *)"w:", TRUE, first); 1470 } 1471 1472 /* 1473 * List tab page variables. 1474 */ 1475 static void 1476 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1477 { 1478 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, 1479 (char_u *)"t:", TRUE, first); 1480 } 1481 1482 /* 1483 * List Vim variables. 1484 */ 1485 static void 1486 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1487 { 1488 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, (char_u *)"v:", FALSE, first); 1489 } 1490 1491 /* 1492 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1493 */ 1494 static void 1495 list_script_vars(int *first) 1496 { 1497 if (current_sctx.sc_sid > 0 && current_sctx.sc_sid <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1498 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_sctx.sc_sid), 1499 (char_u *)"s:", FALSE, first); 1500 } 1501 1502 /* 1503 * List variables in "arg". 1504 */ 1505 static char_u * 1506 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1507 { 1508 int error = FALSE; 1509 int len; 1510 char_u *name; 1511 char_u *name_start; 1512 char_u *arg_subsc; 1513 char_u *tofree; 1514 typval_T tv; 1515 1516 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1517 { 1518 if (error || eap->skip) 1519 { 1520 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1521 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1522 { 1523 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1524 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1525 break; 1526 } 1527 } 1528 else 1529 { 1530 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1531 name_start = name = arg; 1532 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1533 if (len <= 0) 1534 { 1535 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1536 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1537 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1538 { 1539 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1540 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1541 break; 1542 } 1543 error = TRUE; 1544 } 1545 else 1546 { 1547 if (tofree != NULL) 1548 name = tofree; 1549 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1550 error = TRUE; 1551 else 1552 { 1553 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1554 arg_subsc = arg; 1555 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1556 error = TRUE; 1557 else 1558 { 1559 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1560 { 1561 switch (*name) 1562 { 1563 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1564 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1565 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1566 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1567 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1568 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1569 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1570 default: 1571 EMSG2(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1572 } 1573 } 1574 else 1575 { 1576 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1577 char_u *tf; 1578 int c; 1579 char_u *s; 1580 1581 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1582 c = *arg; 1583 *arg = NUL; 1584 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"", 1585 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1586 tv.v_type, 1587 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1588 first); 1589 *arg = c; 1590 vim_free(tf); 1591 } 1592 clear_tv(&tv); 1593 } 1594 } 1595 } 1596 1597 vim_free(tofree); 1598 } 1599 1600 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1601 } 1602 1603 return arg; 1604 } 1605 1606 /* 1607 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1608 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1609 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1610 */ 1611 static char_u * 1612 ex_let_one( 1613 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1614 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1615 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1616 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1617 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1618 { 1619 int c1; 1620 char_u *name; 1621 char_u *p; 1622 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1623 int len; 1624 int opt_flags; 1625 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1626 1627 /* 1628 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1629 */ 1630 if (*arg == '$') 1631 { 1632 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1633 ++arg; 1634 name = arg; 1635 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1636 if (len == 0) 1637 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1638 else 1639 { 1640 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1641 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1642 else if (endchars != NULL 1643 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1644 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1645 else if (!check_secure()) 1646 { 1647 c1 = name[len]; 1648 name[len] = NUL; 1649 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1650 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1651 { 1652 int mustfree = FALSE; 1653 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1654 1655 if (s != NULL) 1656 { 1657 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1658 if (mustfree) 1659 vim_free(s); 1660 } 1661 } 1662 if (p != NULL) 1663 { 1664 vim_setenv(name, p); 1665 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1666 init_homedir(); 1667 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1668 didset_vim = FALSE; 1669 else if (didset_vimruntime 1670 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1671 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1672 arg_end = arg; 1673 } 1674 name[len] = c1; 1675 vim_free(tofree); 1676 } 1677 } 1678 } 1679 1680 /* 1681 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1682 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1683 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1684 */ 1685 else if (*arg == '&') 1686 { 1687 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1688 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1689 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1690 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1691 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1692 else 1693 { 1694 long n; 1695 int opt_type; 1696 long numval; 1697 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1698 char_u *s; 1699 1700 c1 = *p; 1701 *p = NUL; 1702 1703 n = (long)get_tv_number(tv); 1704 s = get_tv_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1705 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1706 { 1707 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1708 &stringval, opt_flags); 1709 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1710 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1711 { 1712 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1713 s = NULL; /* don't set the value */ 1714 } 1715 else 1716 { 1717 if (opt_type == 1) /* number */ 1718 { 1719 if (*op == '+') 1720 n = numval + n; 1721 else 1722 n = numval - n; 1723 } 1724 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) /* string */ 1725 { 1726 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1727 vim_free(stringval); 1728 stringval = s; 1729 } 1730 } 1731 } 1732 if (s != NULL) 1733 { 1734 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1735 arg_end = p; 1736 } 1737 *p = c1; 1738 vim_free(stringval); 1739 } 1740 } 1741 1742 /* 1743 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1744 */ 1745 else if (*arg == '@') 1746 { 1747 ++arg; 1748 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1749 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1750 else if (endchars != NULL 1751 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1752 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1753 else 1754 { 1755 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1756 char_u *s; 1757 1758 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1759 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1760 { 1761 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1762 if (s != NULL) 1763 { 1764 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1765 vim_free(s); 1766 } 1767 } 1768 if (p != NULL) 1769 { 1770 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1771 arg_end = arg + 1; 1772 } 1773 vim_free(ptofree); 1774 } 1775 } 1776 1777 /* 1778 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1779 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1780 */ 1781 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1782 { 1783 lval_T lv; 1784 1785 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1786 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1787 { 1788 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1789 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1790 else 1791 { 1792 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1793 arg_end = p; 1794 } 1795 } 1796 clear_lval(&lv); 1797 } 1798 1799 else 1800 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1801 1802 return arg_end; 1803 } 1804 1805 /* 1806 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1807 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1808 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1809 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1810 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1811 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1812 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1813 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1814 * 1815 * flags: 1816 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1817 * GLV_READ_ONLY: will not change the variable 1818 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1819 * 1820 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1821 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1822 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1823 */ 1824 char_u * 1825 get_lval( 1826 char_u *name, 1827 typval_T *rettv, 1828 lval_T *lp, 1829 int unlet, 1830 int skip, 1831 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1832 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1833 { 1834 char_u *p; 1835 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1836 int cc; 1837 dictitem_T *v; 1838 typval_T var1; 1839 typval_T var2; 1840 int empty1 = FALSE; 1841 listitem_T *ni; 1842 char_u *key = NULL; 1843 int len; 1844 hashtab_T *ht; 1845 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1846 1847 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1848 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1849 1850 if (skip) 1851 { 1852 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1853 lp->ll_name = name; 1854 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1855 } 1856 1857 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1858 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1859 if (expr_start != NULL) 1860 { 1861 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1862 if (unlet && !VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1863 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1864 { 1865 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1866 return NULL; 1867 } 1868 1869 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1870 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1871 { 1872 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1873 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1874 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1875 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1876 { 1877 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1878 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name); 1879 return NULL; 1880 } 1881 } 1882 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1883 } 1884 else 1885 lp->ll_name = name; 1886 1887 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1888 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1889 return p; 1890 1891 cc = *p; 1892 *p = NUL; 1893 /* Only pass &ht when we would write to the variable, it prevents autoload 1894 * as well. */ 1895 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, (flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) ? NULL : &ht, 1896 flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1897 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1898 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1899 *p = cc; 1900 if (v == NULL) 1901 return NULL; 1902 1903 /* 1904 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1905 */ 1906 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1907 var1.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1908 var2.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1909 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1910 { 1911 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1912 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1913 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)) 1914 { 1915 if (!quiet) 1916 EMSG(_("E689: Can only index a List or Dictionary")); 1917 return NULL; 1918 } 1919 if (lp->ll_range) 1920 { 1921 if (!quiet) 1922 EMSG(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1923 return NULL; 1924 } 1925 1926 len = -1; 1927 if (*p == '.') 1928 { 1929 key = p + 1; 1930 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1931 ; 1932 if (len == 0) 1933 { 1934 if (!quiet) 1935 EMSG(_(e_emptykey)); 1936 return NULL; 1937 } 1938 p = key + len; 1939 } 1940 else 1941 { 1942 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 1943 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1944 if (*p == ':') 1945 empty1 = TRUE; 1946 else 1947 { 1948 empty1 = FALSE; 1949 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1950 return NULL; 1951 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 1952 { 1953 /* not a number or string */ 1954 clear_tv(&var1); 1955 return NULL; 1956 } 1957 } 1958 1959 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 1960 if (*p == ':') 1961 { 1962 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 1963 { 1964 if (!quiet) 1965 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 1966 clear_tv(&var1); 1967 return NULL; 1968 } 1969 if (rettv != NULL && (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 1970 || rettv->vval.v_list == NULL)) 1971 { 1972 if (!quiet) 1973 EMSG(_("E709: [:] requires a List value")); 1974 clear_tv(&var1); 1975 return NULL; 1976 } 1977 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1978 if (*p == ']') 1979 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 1980 else 1981 { 1982 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 1983 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1984 { 1985 clear_tv(&var1); 1986 return NULL; 1987 } 1988 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 1989 { 1990 /* not a number or string */ 1991 clear_tv(&var1); 1992 clear_tv(&var2); 1993 return NULL; 1994 } 1995 } 1996 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 1997 } 1998 else 1999 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 2000 2001 if (*p != ']') 2002 { 2003 if (!quiet) 2004 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 2005 clear_tv(&var1); 2006 clear_tv(&var2); 2007 return NULL; 2008 } 2009 2010 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2011 ++p; 2012 } 2013 2014 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2015 { 2016 if (len == -1) 2017 { 2018 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2019 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2020 if (key == NULL) 2021 { 2022 clear_tv(&var1); 2023 return NULL; 2024 } 2025 } 2026 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2027 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2028 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2029 2030 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2031 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2032 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2033 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2034 { 2035 int prevval; 2036 int wrong; 2037 2038 if (len != -1) 2039 { 2040 prevval = key[len]; 2041 key[len] = NUL; 2042 } 2043 else 2044 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2045 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2046 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2047 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2048 || !valid_varname(key); 2049 if (len != -1) 2050 key[len] = prevval; 2051 if (wrong) 2052 return NULL; 2053 } 2054 2055 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2056 { 2057 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 2058 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict) 2059 { 2060 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 2061 return NULL; 2062 } 2063 2064 /* Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. */ 2065 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2066 { 2067 if (!quiet) 2068 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 2069 clear_tv(&var1); 2070 return NULL; 2071 } 2072 if (len == -1) 2073 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2074 else 2075 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2076 clear_tv(&var1); 2077 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2078 p = NULL; 2079 break; 2080 } 2081 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2082 else if ((flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) == 0 2083 && var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2084 { 2085 clear_tv(&var1); 2086 return NULL; 2087 } 2088 2089 clear_tv(&var1); 2090 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2091 } 2092 else 2093 { 2094 /* 2095 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2096 */ 2097 if (empty1) 2098 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2099 else 2100 /* is number or string */ 2101 lp->ll_n1 = (long)get_tv_number(&var1); 2102 clear_tv(&var1); 2103 2104 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2105 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2106 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2107 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2108 { 2109 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2110 { 2111 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2112 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2113 } 2114 } 2115 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2116 { 2117 clear_tv(&var2); 2118 if (!quiet) 2119 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2120 return NULL; 2121 } 2122 2123 /* 2124 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2125 * index of a range. 2126 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2127 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2128 */ 2129 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2130 { 2131 lp->ll_n2 = (long)get_tv_number(&var2); 2132 /* is number or string */ 2133 clear_tv(&var2); 2134 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2135 { 2136 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2137 if (ni == NULL) 2138 { 2139 if (!quiet) 2140 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2141 return NULL; 2142 } 2143 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2144 } 2145 2146 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2147 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2148 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2149 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2150 { 2151 if (!quiet) 2152 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2153 return NULL; 2154 } 2155 } 2156 2157 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2158 } 2159 } 2160 2161 clear_tv(&var1); 2162 return p; 2163 } 2164 2165 /* 2166 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2167 */ 2168 void 2169 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2170 { 2171 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2172 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2173 } 2174 2175 /* 2176 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2177 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2178 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2179 */ 2180 static void 2181 set_var_lval( 2182 lval_T *lp, 2183 char_u *endp, 2184 typval_T *rettv, 2185 int copy, 2186 char_u *op) 2187 { 2188 int cc; 2189 listitem_T *ri; 2190 dictitem_T *di; 2191 2192 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2193 { 2194 cc = *endp; 2195 *endp = NUL; 2196 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2197 { 2198 typval_T tv; 2199 2200 /* handle +=, -= and .= */ 2201 di = NULL; 2202 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2203 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2204 { 2205 if ((di == NULL 2206 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2207 && !tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, 2208 FALSE))) 2209 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2210 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2211 clear_tv(&tv); 2212 } 2213 } 2214 else 2215 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2216 *endp = cc; 2217 } 2218 else if (tv_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2219 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2220 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2221 ; 2222 else if (lp->ll_range) 2223 { 2224 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2225 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2226 2227 /* 2228 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2229 */ 2230 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2231 { 2232 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2233 return; 2234 ri = ri->li_next; 2235 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2236 break; 2237 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2238 ++ll_n1; 2239 } 2240 2241 /* 2242 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2243 */ 2244 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2245 { 2246 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2247 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2248 else 2249 { 2250 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2251 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2252 } 2253 ri = ri->li_next; 2254 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2255 break; 2256 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2257 { 2258 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2259 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2260 { 2261 ri = NULL; 2262 break; 2263 } 2264 } 2265 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2266 ++lp->ll_n1; 2267 } 2268 if (ri != NULL) 2269 EMSG(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2270 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2271 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2272 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2273 EMSG(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2274 } 2275 else 2276 { 2277 /* 2278 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2279 */ 2280 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2281 { 2282 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2283 { 2284 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2285 return; 2286 } 2287 2288 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2289 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2290 if (di == NULL) 2291 return; 2292 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2293 { 2294 vim_free(di); 2295 return; 2296 } 2297 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2298 } 2299 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2300 { 2301 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2302 return; 2303 } 2304 else 2305 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2306 2307 /* 2308 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2309 */ 2310 if (copy) 2311 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2312 else 2313 { 2314 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2315 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2316 init_tv(rettv); 2317 } 2318 } 2319 } 2320 2321 /* 2322 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2" and "tv1 .= tv2" 2323 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2324 */ 2325 static int 2326 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2327 { 2328 varnumber_T n; 2329 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2330 char_u *s; 2331 2332 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2333 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2334 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2335 { 2336 switch (tv1->v_type) 2337 { 2338 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2339 case VAR_DICT: 2340 case VAR_FUNC: 2341 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2342 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2343 case VAR_JOB: 2344 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2345 break; 2346 2347 case VAR_LIST: 2348 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2349 break; 2350 /* List += List */ 2351 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2352 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2353 return OK; 2354 2355 case VAR_NUMBER: 2356 case VAR_STRING: 2357 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2358 break; 2359 if (*op == '+' || *op == '-') 2360 { 2361 /* nr += nr or nr -= nr*/ 2362 n = get_tv_number(tv1); 2363 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2364 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2365 { 2366 float_T f = n; 2367 2368 if (*op == '+') 2369 f += tv2->vval.v_float; 2370 else 2371 f -= tv2->vval.v_float; 2372 clear_tv(tv1); 2373 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2374 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2375 } 2376 else 2377 #endif 2378 { 2379 if (*op == '+') 2380 n += get_tv_number(tv2); 2381 else 2382 n -= get_tv_number(tv2); 2383 clear_tv(tv1); 2384 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2385 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2386 } 2387 } 2388 else 2389 { 2390 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2391 break; 2392 2393 /* str .= str */ 2394 s = get_tv_string(tv1); 2395 s = concat_str(s, get_tv_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2396 clear_tv(tv1); 2397 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2398 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2399 } 2400 return OK; 2401 2402 case VAR_FLOAT: 2403 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2404 { 2405 float_T f; 2406 2407 if (*op == '.' || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2408 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2409 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2410 break; 2411 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2412 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2413 else 2414 f = get_tv_number(tv2); 2415 if (*op == '+') 2416 tv1->vval.v_float += f; 2417 else 2418 tv1->vval.v_float -= f; 2419 } 2420 #endif 2421 return OK; 2422 } 2423 } 2424 2425 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2426 return FAIL; 2427 } 2428 2429 /* 2430 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2431 * "arg" points to "var". 2432 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2433 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2434 */ 2435 void * 2436 eval_for_line( 2437 char_u *arg, 2438 int *errp, 2439 char_u **nextcmdp, 2440 int skip) 2441 { 2442 forinfo_T *fi; 2443 char_u *expr; 2444 typval_T tv; 2445 list_T *l; 2446 2447 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2448 2449 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2450 if (fi == NULL) 2451 return NULL; 2452 2453 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2454 if (expr == NULL) 2455 return fi; 2456 2457 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2458 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !VIM_ISWHITE(expr[2])) 2459 { 2460 EMSG(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2461 return fi; 2462 } 2463 2464 if (skip) 2465 ++emsg_skip; 2466 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2467 { 2468 *errp = FALSE; 2469 if (!skip) 2470 { 2471 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2472 if (tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2473 { 2474 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 2475 clear_tv(&tv); 2476 } 2477 else if (l == NULL) 2478 { 2479 /* a null list is like an empty list: do nothing */ 2480 clear_tv(&tv); 2481 } 2482 else 2483 { 2484 /* No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for the 2485 * list being used in "tv". */ 2486 fi->fi_list = l; 2487 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2488 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2489 } 2490 } 2491 } 2492 if (skip) 2493 --emsg_skip; 2494 2495 return fi; 2496 } 2497 2498 /* 2499 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2500 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2501 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2502 * something wrong. 2503 */ 2504 int 2505 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2506 { 2507 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2508 int result; 2509 listitem_T *item; 2510 2511 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2512 if (item == NULL) 2513 result = FALSE; 2514 else 2515 { 2516 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2517 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2518 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2519 } 2520 return result; 2521 } 2522 2523 /* 2524 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2525 */ 2526 void 2527 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2528 { 2529 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2530 2531 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2532 { 2533 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2534 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2535 } 2536 vim_free(fi); 2537 } 2538 2539 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2540 2541 void 2542 set_context_for_expression( 2543 expand_T *xp, 2544 char_u *arg, 2545 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2546 { 2547 int got_eq = FALSE; 2548 int c; 2549 char_u *p; 2550 2551 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2552 { 2553 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2554 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2555 { 2556 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2557 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2558 { 2559 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2560 MB_PTR_BACK(arg, p); 2561 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 2562 break; 2563 } 2564 return; 2565 } 2566 } 2567 else 2568 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2569 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2570 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2571 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2572 { 2573 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2574 if (c == '&') 2575 { 2576 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2577 if (c == '&') 2578 { 2579 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2580 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2581 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2582 } 2583 else if (c != ' ') 2584 { 2585 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2586 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2587 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2588 2589 } 2590 } 2591 else if (c == '$') 2592 { 2593 /* environment variable */ 2594 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2595 } 2596 else if (c == '=') 2597 { 2598 got_eq = TRUE; 2599 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2600 } 2601 else if (c == '#' 2602 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2603 { 2604 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2605 break; 2606 } 2607 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2608 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2609 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2610 { 2611 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2612 break; 2613 } 2614 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2615 { 2616 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2617 { 2618 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2619 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2620 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2621 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2622 } 2623 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2624 { 2625 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2626 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2627 /* skip */ ; 2628 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2629 } 2630 else if (c == '|') 2631 { 2632 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2633 { 2634 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2635 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2636 } 2637 else 2638 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2639 } 2640 else 2641 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2642 } 2643 else 2644 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2645 * anyway. */ 2646 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2647 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2648 if (*arg != NUL) 2649 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2650 /* skip */ ; 2651 } 2652 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2653 } 2654 2655 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2656 2657 /* 2658 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2659 */ 2660 void 2661 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2662 { 2663 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2664 } 2665 2666 /* 2667 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2668 */ 2669 void 2670 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2671 { 2672 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2673 int deep = 2; 2674 2675 if (eap->forceit) 2676 deep = -1; 2677 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2678 { 2679 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2680 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2681 } 2682 2683 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2684 } 2685 2686 /* 2687 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2688 */ 2689 static void 2690 ex_unletlock( 2691 exarg_T *eap, 2692 char_u *argstart, 2693 int deep) 2694 { 2695 char_u *arg = argstart; 2696 char_u *name_end; 2697 int error = FALSE; 2698 lval_T lv; 2699 2700 do 2701 { 2702 if (*arg == '$') 2703 { 2704 char_u *name = ++arg; 2705 2706 if (get_env_len(&arg) == 0) 2707 { 2708 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 2709 return; 2710 } 2711 vim_unsetenv(name); 2712 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2713 continue; 2714 } 2715 2716 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2717 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2718 FNE_CHECK_START); 2719 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2720 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2721 if (name_end == NULL || (!VIM_ISWHITE(*name_end) 2722 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2723 { 2724 if (name_end != NULL) 2725 { 2726 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2727 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 2728 } 2729 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2730 clear_lval(&lv); 2731 break; 2732 } 2733 2734 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2735 { 2736 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2737 { 2738 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2739 error = TRUE; 2740 } 2741 else 2742 { 2743 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2744 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2745 error = TRUE; 2746 } 2747 } 2748 2749 if (!eap->skip) 2750 clear_lval(&lv); 2751 2752 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2753 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2754 2755 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2756 } 2757 2758 static int 2759 do_unlet_var( 2760 lval_T *lp, 2761 char_u *name_end, 2762 int forceit) 2763 { 2764 int ret = OK; 2765 int cc; 2766 2767 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2768 { 2769 cc = *name_end; 2770 *name_end = NUL; 2771 2772 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2773 if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2774 ret = FAIL; 2775 *name_end = cc; 2776 } 2777 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2778 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2779 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2780 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2781 return FAIL; 2782 else if (lp->ll_range) 2783 { 2784 listitem_T *li; 2785 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2786 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2787 2788 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2789 { 2790 li = ll_li->li_next; 2791 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2792 return FAIL; 2793 ll_li = li; 2794 ++ll_n1; 2795 } 2796 2797 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2798 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2799 { 2800 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2801 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2802 lp->ll_li = li; 2803 ++lp->ll_n1; 2804 } 2805 } 2806 else 2807 { 2808 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2809 /* unlet a List item. */ 2810 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2811 else 2812 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 2813 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 2814 } 2815 2816 return ret; 2817 } 2818 2819 /* 2820 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 2821 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 2822 */ 2823 int 2824 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 2825 { 2826 hashtab_T *ht; 2827 hashitem_T *hi; 2828 char_u *varname; 2829 dict_T *d; 2830 dictitem_T *di; 2831 2832 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 2833 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 2834 { 2835 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 2836 if (d == NULL) 2837 { 2838 if (ht == &globvarht) 2839 d = &globvardict; 2840 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 2841 d = &vimvardict; 2842 else 2843 { 2844 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 2845 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 2846 } 2847 if (d == NULL) 2848 { 2849 internal_error("do_unlet()"); 2850 return FAIL; 2851 } 2852 } 2853 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 2854 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2855 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 2856 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2857 { 2858 di = HI2DI(hi); 2859 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2860 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2861 || tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 2862 return FAIL; 2863 2864 delete_var(ht, hi); 2865 return OK; 2866 } 2867 } 2868 if (forceit) 2869 return OK; 2870 EMSG2(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 2871 return FAIL; 2872 } 2873 2874 /* 2875 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 2876 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 2877 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 2878 */ 2879 static int 2880 do_lock_var( 2881 lval_T *lp, 2882 char_u *name_end, 2883 int deep, 2884 int lock) 2885 { 2886 int ret = OK; 2887 int cc; 2888 dictitem_T *di; 2889 2890 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 2891 return OK; 2892 2893 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2894 { 2895 cc = *name_end; 2896 *name_end = NUL; 2897 2898 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2899 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 2900 if (di == NULL) 2901 ret = FAIL; 2902 else if ((di->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 2903 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_DICT 2904 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2905 /* For historic reasons this error is not given for a list or dict. 2906 * E.g., the b: dict could be locked/unlocked. */ 2907 EMSG2(_("E940: Cannot lock or unlock variable %s"), lp->ll_name); 2908 else 2909 { 2910 if (lock) 2911 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2912 else 2913 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2914 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2915 } 2916 *name_end = cc; 2917 } 2918 else if (lp->ll_range) 2919 { 2920 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 2921 2922 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 2923 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2924 { 2925 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2926 li = li->li_next; 2927 ++lp->ll_n1; 2928 } 2929 } 2930 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2931 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 2932 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2933 else 2934 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 2935 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2936 2937 return ret; 2938 } 2939 2940 /* 2941 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 2942 */ 2943 static void 2944 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 2945 { 2946 static int recurse = 0; 2947 list_T *l; 2948 listitem_T *li; 2949 dict_T *d; 2950 hashitem_T *hi; 2951 int todo; 2952 2953 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 2954 { 2955 EMSG(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 2956 return; 2957 } 2958 if (deep == 0) 2959 return; 2960 ++recurse; 2961 2962 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 2963 if (lock) 2964 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2965 else 2966 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2967 2968 switch (tv->v_type) 2969 { 2970 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2971 case VAR_NUMBER: 2972 case VAR_STRING: 2973 case VAR_FUNC: 2974 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2975 case VAR_FLOAT: 2976 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2977 case VAR_JOB: 2978 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2979 break; 2980 2981 case VAR_LIST: 2982 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 2983 { 2984 if (lock) 2985 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2986 else 2987 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2988 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 2989 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 2990 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 2991 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 2992 } 2993 break; 2994 case VAR_DICT: 2995 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 2996 { 2997 if (lock) 2998 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2999 else 3000 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3001 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3002 { 3003 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3004 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 3005 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 3006 { 3007 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3008 { 3009 --todo; 3010 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3011 } 3012 } 3013 } 3014 } 3015 } 3016 --recurse; 3017 } 3018 3019 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3020 /* 3021 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3022 */ 3023 void 3024 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3025 { 3026 hashitem_T *hi; 3027 int todo; 3028 3029 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3030 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3031 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3032 { 3033 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3034 { 3035 --todo; 3036 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3037 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3038 } 3039 } 3040 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3041 } 3042 #endif 3043 3044 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3045 3046 /* 3047 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3048 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3049 * get_user_var_name(). 3050 */ 3051 3052 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3053 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3054 3055 /* 3056 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3057 */ 3058 static char_u * 3059 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3060 { 3061 int len; 3062 3063 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3064 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3065 { 3066 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3067 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3068 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3069 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3070 { 3071 varnamebuflen = 0; 3072 return NULL; 3073 } 3074 varnamebuflen = len; 3075 } 3076 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3077 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3078 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3079 return varnamebuf; 3080 } 3081 3082 /* 3083 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3084 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3085 */ 3086 char_u * 3087 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3088 { 3089 static long_u gdone; 3090 static long_u bdone; 3091 static long_u wdone; 3092 static long_u tdone; 3093 static int vidx; 3094 static hashitem_T *hi; 3095 hashtab_T *ht; 3096 3097 if (idx == 0) 3098 { 3099 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3100 tdone = 0; 3101 } 3102 3103 /* Global variables */ 3104 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3105 { 3106 if (gdone++ == 0) 3107 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3108 else 3109 ++hi; 3110 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3111 ++hi; 3112 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3113 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3114 return hi->hi_key; 3115 } 3116 3117 /* b: variables */ 3118 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3119 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3120 { 3121 if (bdone++ == 0) 3122 hi = ht->ht_array; 3123 else 3124 ++hi; 3125 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3126 ++hi; 3127 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3128 } 3129 3130 /* w: variables */ 3131 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3132 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3133 { 3134 if (wdone++ == 0) 3135 hi = ht->ht_array; 3136 else 3137 ++hi; 3138 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3139 ++hi; 3140 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3141 } 3142 3143 /* t: variables */ 3144 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3145 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3146 { 3147 if (tdone++ == 0) 3148 hi = ht->ht_array; 3149 else 3150 ++hi; 3151 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3152 ++hi; 3153 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3154 } 3155 3156 /* v: variables */ 3157 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3158 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3159 3160 VIM_CLEAR(varnamebuf); 3161 varnamebuflen = 0; 3162 return NULL; 3163 } 3164 3165 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3166 3167 /* 3168 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3169 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3170 */ 3171 static int 3172 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3173 { 3174 int matches = FALSE; 3175 char_u *save_cpo; 3176 regmatch_T regmatch; 3177 3178 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3179 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3180 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3181 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3182 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3183 { 3184 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3185 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3186 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3187 } 3188 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3189 return matches; 3190 } 3191 3192 /* 3193 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3194 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3195 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3196 */ 3197 3198 /* 3199 * Handle zero level expression. 3200 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3201 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3202 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3203 * Return OK or FAIL. 3204 */ 3205 int 3206 eval0( 3207 char_u *arg, 3208 typval_T *rettv, 3209 char_u **nextcmd, 3210 int evaluate) 3211 { 3212 int ret; 3213 char_u *p; 3214 3215 p = skipwhite(arg); 3216 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3217 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3218 { 3219 if (ret != FAIL) 3220 clear_tv(rettv); 3221 /* 3222 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3223 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3224 * exception. 3225 */ 3226 if (!aborting()) 3227 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3228 ret = FAIL; 3229 } 3230 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3231 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3232 3233 return ret; 3234 } 3235 3236 /* 3237 * Handle top level expression: 3238 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3239 * 3240 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3241 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3242 * 3243 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3244 * 3245 * Return OK or FAIL. 3246 */ 3247 int 3248 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3249 { 3250 int result; 3251 typval_T var2; 3252 3253 /* 3254 * Get the first variable. 3255 */ 3256 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3257 return FAIL; 3258 3259 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3260 { 3261 result = FALSE; 3262 if (evaluate) 3263 { 3264 int error = FALSE; 3265 3266 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3267 result = TRUE; 3268 clear_tv(rettv); 3269 if (error) 3270 return FAIL; 3271 } 3272 3273 /* 3274 * Get the second variable. 3275 */ 3276 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3277 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3278 return FAIL; 3279 3280 /* 3281 * Check for the ":". 3282 */ 3283 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3284 { 3285 EMSG(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3286 if (evaluate && result) 3287 clear_tv(rettv); 3288 return FAIL; 3289 } 3290 3291 /* 3292 * Get the third variable. 3293 */ 3294 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3295 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3296 { 3297 if (evaluate && result) 3298 clear_tv(rettv); 3299 return FAIL; 3300 } 3301 if (evaluate && !result) 3302 *rettv = var2; 3303 } 3304 3305 return OK; 3306 } 3307 3308 /* 3309 * Handle first level expression: 3310 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3311 * 3312 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3313 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3314 * 3315 * Return OK or FAIL. 3316 */ 3317 static int 3318 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3319 { 3320 typval_T var2; 3321 long result; 3322 int first; 3323 int error = FALSE; 3324 3325 /* 3326 * Get the first variable. 3327 */ 3328 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3329 return FAIL; 3330 3331 /* 3332 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3333 */ 3334 first = TRUE; 3335 result = FALSE; 3336 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3337 { 3338 if (evaluate && first) 3339 { 3340 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3341 result = TRUE; 3342 clear_tv(rettv); 3343 if (error) 3344 return FAIL; 3345 first = FALSE; 3346 } 3347 3348 /* 3349 * Get the second variable. 3350 */ 3351 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3352 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3353 return FAIL; 3354 3355 /* 3356 * Compute the result. 3357 */ 3358 if (evaluate && !result) 3359 { 3360 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3361 result = TRUE; 3362 clear_tv(&var2); 3363 if (error) 3364 return FAIL; 3365 } 3366 if (evaluate) 3367 { 3368 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3369 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3370 } 3371 } 3372 3373 return OK; 3374 } 3375 3376 /* 3377 * Handle second level expression: 3378 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3379 * 3380 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3381 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3382 * 3383 * Return OK or FAIL. 3384 */ 3385 static int 3386 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3387 { 3388 typval_T var2; 3389 long result; 3390 int first; 3391 int error = FALSE; 3392 3393 /* 3394 * Get the first variable. 3395 */ 3396 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3397 return FAIL; 3398 3399 /* 3400 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3401 */ 3402 first = TRUE; 3403 result = TRUE; 3404 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3405 { 3406 if (evaluate && first) 3407 { 3408 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3409 result = FALSE; 3410 clear_tv(rettv); 3411 if (error) 3412 return FAIL; 3413 first = FALSE; 3414 } 3415 3416 /* 3417 * Get the second variable. 3418 */ 3419 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3420 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3421 return FAIL; 3422 3423 /* 3424 * Compute the result. 3425 */ 3426 if (evaluate && result) 3427 { 3428 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3429 result = FALSE; 3430 clear_tv(&var2); 3431 if (error) 3432 return FAIL; 3433 } 3434 if (evaluate) 3435 { 3436 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3437 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3438 } 3439 } 3440 3441 return OK; 3442 } 3443 3444 /* 3445 * Handle third level expression: 3446 * var1 == var2 3447 * var1 =~ var2 3448 * var1 != var2 3449 * var1 !~ var2 3450 * var1 > var2 3451 * var1 >= var2 3452 * var1 < var2 3453 * var1 <= var2 3454 * var1 is var2 3455 * var1 isnot var2 3456 * 3457 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3458 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3459 * 3460 * Return OK or FAIL. 3461 */ 3462 static int 3463 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3464 { 3465 typval_T var2; 3466 char_u *p; 3467 int i; 3468 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3469 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3470 int len = 2; 3471 int ic; 3472 3473 /* 3474 * Get the first variable. 3475 */ 3476 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3477 return FAIL; 3478 3479 p = *arg; 3480 switch (p[0]) 3481 { 3482 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3483 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3484 else if (p[1] == '~') 3485 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3486 break; 3487 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3488 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3489 else if (p[1] == '~') 3490 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3491 break; 3492 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3493 { 3494 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3495 len = 1; 3496 } 3497 else 3498 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3499 break; 3500 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3501 { 3502 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3503 len = 1; 3504 } 3505 else 3506 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3507 break; 3508 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3509 { 3510 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3511 len = 5; 3512 i = p[len]; 3513 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3514 { 3515 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3516 type_is = TRUE; 3517 } 3518 } 3519 break; 3520 } 3521 3522 /* 3523 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3524 */ 3525 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3526 { 3527 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3528 if (p[len] == '?') 3529 { 3530 ic = TRUE; 3531 ++len; 3532 } 3533 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3534 else if (p[len] == '#') 3535 { 3536 ic = FALSE; 3537 ++len; 3538 } 3539 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3540 else 3541 ic = p_ic; 3542 3543 /* 3544 * Get the second variable. 3545 */ 3546 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3547 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3548 { 3549 clear_tv(rettv); 3550 return FAIL; 3551 } 3552 if (evaluate) 3553 { 3554 int ret = typval_compare(rettv, &var2, type, type_is, ic); 3555 3556 clear_tv(&var2); 3557 return ret; 3558 } 3559 } 3560 3561 return OK; 3562 } 3563 3564 /* 3565 * Handle fourth level expression: 3566 * + number addition 3567 * - number subtraction 3568 * . string concatenation 3569 * 3570 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3571 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3572 * 3573 * Return OK or FAIL. 3574 */ 3575 static int 3576 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3577 { 3578 typval_T var2; 3579 typval_T var3; 3580 int op; 3581 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3582 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3583 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3584 #endif 3585 char_u *s1, *s2; 3586 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3587 char_u *p; 3588 3589 /* 3590 * Get the first variable. 3591 */ 3592 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3593 return FAIL; 3594 3595 /* 3596 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3597 */ 3598 for (;;) 3599 { 3600 op = **arg; 3601 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3602 break; 3603 3604 if ((op != '+' || rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST) 3605 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3606 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3607 #endif 3608 ) 3609 { 3610 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3611 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3612 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3613 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3614 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3615 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3616 * side effects after an error. */ 3617 if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3618 { 3619 clear_tv(rettv); 3620 return FAIL; 3621 } 3622 } 3623 3624 /* 3625 * Get the second variable. 3626 */ 3627 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3628 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3629 { 3630 clear_tv(rettv); 3631 return FAIL; 3632 } 3633 3634 if (evaluate) 3635 { 3636 /* 3637 * Compute the result. 3638 */ 3639 if (op == '.') 3640 { 3641 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3642 s2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3643 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3644 { 3645 clear_tv(rettv); 3646 clear_tv(&var2); 3647 return FAIL; 3648 } 3649 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3650 clear_tv(rettv); 3651 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3652 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3653 } 3654 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3655 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3656 { 3657 /* concatenate Lists */ 3658 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3659 &var3) == FAIL) 3660 { 3661 clear_tv(rettv); 3662 clear_tv(&var2); 3663 return FAIL; 3664 } 3665 clear_tv(rettv); 3666 *rettv = var3; 3667 } 3668 else 3669 { 3670 int error = FALSE; 3671 3672 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3673 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3674 { 3675 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3676 n1 = 0; 3677 } 3678 else 3679 #endif 3680 { 3681 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3682 if (error) 3683 { 3684 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3685 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3686 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3687 clear_tv(rettv); 3688 return FAIL; 3689 } 3690 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3691 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3692 f1 = n1; 3693 #endif 3694 } 3695 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3696 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3697 { 3698 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3699 n2 = 0; 3700 } 3701 else 3702 #endif 3703 { 3704 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3705 if (error) 3706 { 3707 clear_tv(rettv); 3708 clear_tv(&var2); 3709 return FAIL; 3710 } 3711 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3712 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3713 f2 = n2; 3714 #endif 3715 } 3716 clear_tv(rettv); 3717 3718 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3719 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3720 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3721 { 3722 if (op == '+') 3723 f1 = f1 + f2; 3724 else 3725 f1 = f1 - f2; 3726 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3727 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3728 } 3729 else 3730 #endif 3731 { 3732 if (op == '+') 3733 n1 = n1 + n2; 3734 else 3735 n1 = n1 - n2; 3736 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3737 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3738 } 3739 } 3740 clear_tv(&var2); 3741 } 3742 } 3743 return OK; 3744 } 3745 3746 /* 3747 * Handle fifth level expression: 3748 * * number multiplication 3749 * / number division 3750 * % number modulo 3751 * 3752 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3753 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3754 * 3755 * Return OK or FAIL. 3756 */ 3757 static int 3758 eval6( 3759 char_u **arg, 3760 typval_T *rettv, 3761 int evaluate, 3762 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 3763 { 3764 typval_T var2; 3765 int op; 3766 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3767 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3768 int use_float = FALSE; 3769 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 3770 #endif 3771 int error = FALSE; 3772 3773 /* 3774 * Get the first variable. 3775 */ 3776 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 3777 return FAIL; 3778 3779 /* 3780 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 3781 */ 3782 for (;;) 3783 { 3784 op = **arg; 3785 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 3786 break; 3787 3788 if (evaluate) 3789 { 3790 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3791 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3792 { 3793 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3794 use_float = TRUE; 3795 n1 = 0; 3796 } 3797 else 3798 #endif 3799 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3800 clear_tv(rettv); 3801 if (error) 3802 return FAIL; 3803 } 3804 else 3805 n1 = 0; 3806 3807 /* 3808 * Get the second variable. 3809 */ 3810 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3811 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3812 return FAIL; 3813 3814 if (evaluate) 3815 { 3816 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3817 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3818 { 3819 if (!use_float) 3820 { 3821 f1 = n1; 3822 use_float = TRUE; 3823 } 3824 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3825 n2 = 0; 3826 } 3827 else 3828 #endif 3829 { 3830 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3831 clear_tv(&var2); 3832 if (error) 3833 return FAIL; 3834 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3835 if (use_float) 3836 f2 = n2; 3837 #endif 3838 } 3839 3840 /* 3841 * Compute the result. 3842 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 3843 */ 3844 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3845 if (use_float) 3846 { 3847 if (op == '*') 3848 f1 = f1 * f2; 3849 else if (op == '/') 3850 { 3851 # ifdef VMS 3852 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 3853 if (f2 == 0.0) 3854 { 3855 if (f1 == 0) 3856 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 3857 else if (f1 < 0) 3858 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 3859 else 3860 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 3861 } 3862 else 3863 f1 = f1 / f2; 3864 # else 3865 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 3866 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 3867 f1 = f1 / f2; 3868 # endif 3869 } 3870 else 3871 { 3872 EMSG(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 3873 return FAIL; 3874 } 3875 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3876 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3877 } 3878 else 3879 #endif 3880 { 3881 if (op == '*') 3882 n1 = n1 * n2; 3883 else if (op == '/') 3884 { 3885 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3886 { 3887 if (n1 == 0) 3888 n1 = VARNUM_MIN; /* similar to NaN */ 3889 else if (n1 < 0) 3890 n1 = -VARNUM_MAX; 3891 else 3892 n1 = VARNUM_MAX; 3893 } 3894 else 3895 n1 = n1 / n2; 3896 } 3897 else 3898 { 3899 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3900 n1 = 0; 3901 else 3902 n1 = n1 % n2; 3903 } 3904 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3905 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3906 } 3907 } 3908 } 3909 3910 return OK; 3911 } 3912 3913 /* 3914 * Handle sixth level expression: 3915 * number number constant 3916 * "string" string constant 3917 * 'string' literal string constant 3918 * &option-name option value 3919 * @r register contents 3920 * identifier variable value 3921 * function() function call 3922 * $VAR environment variable 3923 * (expression) nested expression 3924 * [expr, expr] List 3925 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 3926 * 3927 * Also handle: 3928 * ! in front logical NOT 3929 * - in front unary minus 3930 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 3931 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 3932 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 3933 * 3934 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3935 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3936 * 3937 * Return OK or FAIL. 3938 */ 3939 static int 3940 eval7( 3941 char_u **arg, 3942 typval_T *rettv, 3943 int evaluate, 3944 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 3945 { 3946 varnumber_T n; 3947 int len; 3948 char_u *s; 3949 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 3950 int ret = OK; 3951 char_u *alias; 3952 3953 /* 3954 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 3955 * string and free a string that isn't there. 3956 */ 3957 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 3958 3959 /* 3960 * Skip '!', '-' and '+' characters. They are handled later. 3961 */ 3962 start_leader = *arg; 3963 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 3964 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3965 end_leader = *arg; 3966 3967 switch (**arg) 3968 { 3969 /* 3970 * Number constant. 3971 */ 3972 case '0': 3973 case '1': 3974 case '2': 3975 case '3': 3976 case '4': 3977 case '5': 3978 case '6': 3979 case '7': 3980 case '8': 3981 case '9': 3982 { 3983 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3984 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 3985 int get_float = FALSE; 3986 3987 /* We accept a float when the format matches 3988 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 3989 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 3990 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 3991 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 3992 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 3993 { 3994 get_float = TRUE; 3995 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 3996 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 3997 { 3998 ++p; 3999 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4000 ++p; 4001 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4002 get_float = FALSE; 4003 else 4004 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4005 } 4006 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4007 get_float = FALSE; 4008 } 4009 if (get_float) 4010 { 4011 float_T f; 4012 4013 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4014 if (evaluate) 4015 { 4016 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4017 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4018 } 4019 } 4020 else 4021 #endif 4022 { 4023 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4024 *arg += len; 4025 if (evaluate) 4026 { 4027 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4028 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4029 } 4030 } 4031 break; 4032 } 4033 4034 /* 4035 * String constant: "string". 4036 */ 4037 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4038 break; 4039 4040 /* 4041 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4042 */ 4043 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4044 break; 4045 4046 /* 4047 * List: [expr, expr] 4048 */ 4049 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4050 break; 4051 4052 /* 4053 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4054 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4055 */ 4056 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4057 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4058 ret = get_dict_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4059 break; 4060 4061 /* 4062 * Option value: &name 4063 */ 4064 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4065 break; 4066 4067 /* 4068 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4069 */ 4070 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4071 break; 4072 4073 /* 4074 * Register contents: @r. 4075 */ 4076 case '@': ++*arg; 4077 if (evaluate) 4078 { 4079 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4080 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4081 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4082 } 4083 if (**arg != NUL) 4084 ++*arg; 4085 break; 4086 4087 /* 4088 * nested expression: (expression). 4089 */ 4090 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4091 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4092 if (**arg == ')') 4093 ++*arg; 4094 else if (ret == OK) 4095 { 4096 EMSG(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4097 clear_tv(rettv); 4098 ret = FAIL; 4099 } 4100 break; 4101 4102 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4103 break; 4104 } 4105 4106 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4107 { 4108 /* 4109 * Must be a variable or function name. 4110 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4111 */ 4112 s = *arg; 4113 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4114 if (alias != NULL) 4115 s = alias; 4116 4117 if (len <= 0) 4118 ret = FAIL; 4119 else 4120 { 4121 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4122 { 4123 partial_T *partial; 4124 4125 if (!evaluate) 4126 check_vars(s, len); 4127 4128 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4129 * use its contents. */ 4130 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4131 4132 /* Need to make a copy, in case evaluating the arguments makes 4133 * the name invalid. */ 4134 s = vim_strsave(s); 4135 if (s == NULL) 4136 ret = FAIL; 4137 else 4138 /* Invoke the function. */ 4139 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4140 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4141 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4142 vim_free(s); 4143 4144 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4145 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4146 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4147 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4148 { 4149 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4150 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4151 } 4152 4153 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4154 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4155 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4156 if (aborting()) 4157 { 4158 if (ret == OK) 4159 clear_tv(rettv); 4160 ret = FAIL; 4161 } 4162 } 4163 else if (evaluate) 4164 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4165 else 4166 { 4167 check_vars(s, len); 4168 ret = OK; 4169 } 4170 } 4171 vim_free(alias); 4172 } 4173 4174 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4175 4176 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4177 * expr(expr). */ 4178 if (ret == OK) 4179 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4180 4181 /* 4182 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4183 */ 4184 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4185 { 4186 int error = FALSE; 4187 varnumber_T val = 0; 4188 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4189 float_T f = 0.0; 4190 4191 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4192 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4193 else 4194 #endif 4195 val = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4196 if (error) 4197 { 4198 clear_tv(rettv); 4199 ret = FAIL; 4200 } 4201 else 4202 { 4203 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4204 { 4205 --end_leader; 4206 if (*end_leader == '!') 4207 { 4208 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4209 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4210 f = !f; 4211 else 4212 #endif 4213 val = !val; 4214 } 4215 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4216 { 4217 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4218 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4219 f = -f; 4220 else 4221 #endif 4222 val = -val; 4223 } 4224 } 4225 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4226 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4227 { 4228 clear_tv(rettv); 4229 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4230 } 4231 else 4232 #endif 4233 { 4234 clear_tv(rettv); 4235 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4236 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4237 } 4238 } 4239 } 4240 4241 return ret; 4242 } 4243 4244 /* 4245 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4246 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4247 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4248 */ 4249 static int 4250 eval_index( 4251 char_u **arg, 4252 typval_T *rettv, 4253 int evaluate, 4254 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4255 { 4256 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4257 typval_T var1, var2; 4258 long n1, n2 = 0; 4259 long len = -1; 4260 int range = FALSE; 4261 char_u *s; 4262 char_u *key = NULL; 4263 4264 switch (rettv->v_type) 4265 { 4266 case VAR_FUNC: 4267 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4268 if (verbose) 4269 EMSG(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4270 return FAIL; 4271 case VAR_FLOAT: 4272 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4273 if (verbose) 4274 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 4275 return FAIL; 4276 #endif 4277 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4278 case VAR_JOB: 4279 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4280 if (verbose) 4281 EMSG(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4282 return FAIL; 4283 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4284 if (evaluate) 4285 return FAIL; 4286 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4287 4288 case VAR_STRING: 4289 case VAR_NUMBER: 4290 case VAR_LIST: 4291 case VAR_DICT: 4292 break; 4293 } 4294 4295 init_tv(&var1); 4296 init_tv(&var2); 4297 if (**arg == '.') 4298 { 4299 /* 4300 * dict.name 4301 */ 4302 key = *arg + 1; 4303 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4304 ; 4305 if (len == 0) 4306 return FAIL; 4307 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4308 } 4309 else 4310 { 4311 /* 4312 * something[idx] 4313 * 4314 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4315 */ 4316 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4317 if (**arg == ':') 4318 empty1 = TRUE; 4319 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4320 return FAIL; 4321 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4322 { 4323 /* not a number or string */ 4324 clear_tv(&var1); 4325 return FAIL; 4326 } 4327 4328 /* 4329 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4330 */ 4331 if (**arg == ':') 4332 { 4333 range = TRUE; 4334 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4335 if (**arg == ']') 4336 empty2 = TRUE; 4337 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4338 { 4339 if (!empty1) 4340 clear_tv(&var1); 4341 return FAIL; 4342 } 4343 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4344 { 4345 /* not a number or string */ 4346 if (!empty1) 4347 clear_tv(&var1); 4348 clear_tv(&var2); 4349 return FAIL; 4350 } 4351 } 4352 4353 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4354 if (**arg != ']') 4355 { 4356 if (verbose) 4357 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 4358 clear_tv(&var1); 4359 if (range) 4360 clear_tv(&var2); 4361 return FAIL; 4362 } 4363 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4364 } 4365 4366 if (evaluate) 4367 { 4368 n1 = 0; 4369 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4370 { 4371 n1 = get_tv_number(&var1); 4372 clear_tv(&var1); 4373 } 4374 if (range) 4375 { 4376 if (empty2) 4377 n2 = -1; 4378 else 4379 { 4380 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 4381 clear_tv(&var2); 4382 } 4383 } 4384 4385 switch (rettv->v_type) 4386 { 4387 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4388 case VAR_FUNC: 4389 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4390 case VAR_FLOAT: 4391 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4392 case VAR_JOB: 4393 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4394 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4395 4396 case VAR_NUMBER: 4397 case VAR_STRING: 4398 s = get_tv_string(rettv); 4399 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4400 if (range) 4401 { 4402 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4403 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4404 if (n1 < 0) 4405 { 4406 n1 = len + n1; 4407 if (n1 < 0) 4408 n1 = 0; 4409 } 4410 if (n2 < 0) 4411 n2 = len + n2; 4412 else if (n2 >= len) 4413 n2 = len; 4414 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4415 s = NULL; 4416 else 4417 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4418 } 4419 else 4420 { 4421 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4422 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4423 * result is empty. */ 4424 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4425 s = NULL; 4426 else 4427 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4428 } 4429 clear_tv(rettv); 4430 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4431 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4432 break; 4433 4434 case VAR_LIST: 4435 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4436 if (n1 < 0) 4437 n1 = len + n1; 4438 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4439 { 4440 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4441 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4442 if (!range) 4443 { 4444 if (verbose) 4445 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), n1); 4446 return FAIL; 4447 } 4448 n1 = len; 4449 } 4450 if (range) 4451 { 4452 list_T *l; 4453 listitem_T *item; 4454 4455 if (n2 < 0) 4456 n2 = len + n2; 4457 else if (n2 >= len) 4458 n2 = len - 1; 4459 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4460 n2 = -1; 4461 l = list_alloc(); 4462 if (l == NULL) 4463 return FAIL; 4464 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4465 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4466 { 4467 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4468 { 4469 list_free(l); 4470 return FAIL; 4471 } 4472 item = item->li_next; 4473 } 4474 clear_tv(rettv); 4475 rettv_list_set(rettv, l); 4476 } 4477 else 4478 { 4479 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4480 clear_tv(rettv); 4481 *rettv = var1; 4482 } 4483 break; 4484 4485 case VAR_DICT: 4486 if (range) 4487 { 4488 if (verbose) 4489 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 4490 if (len == -1) 4491 clear_tv(&var1); 4492 return FAIL; 4493 } 4494 { 4495 dictitem_T *item; 4496 4497 if (len == -1) 4498 { 4499 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); 4500 if (key == NULL) 4501 { 4502 clear_tv(&var1); 4503 return FAIL; 4504 } 4505 } 4506 4507 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4508 4509 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4510 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 4511 if (len == -1) 4512 clear_tv(&var1); 4513 if (item == NULL) 4514 return FAIL; 4515 4516 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4517 clear_tv(rettv); 4518 *rettv = var1; 4519 } 4520 break; 4521 } 4522 } 4523 4524 return OK; 4525 } 4526 4527 /* 4528 * Get an option value. 4529 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4530 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4531 * Return OK or FAIL. 4532 */ 4533 int 4534 get_option_tv( 4535 char_u **arg, 4536 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4537 int evaluate) 4538 { 4539 char_u *option_end; 4540 long numval; 4541 char_u *stringval; 4542 int opt_type; 4543 int c; 4544 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4545 int ret = OK; 4546 int opt_flags; 4547 4548 /* 4549 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4550 */ 4551 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4552 if (option_end == NULL) 4553 { 4554 if (rettv != NULL) 4555 EMSG2(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4556 return FAIL; 4557 } 4558 4559 if (!evaluate) 4560 { 4561 *arg = option_end; 4562 return OK; 4563 } 4564 4565 c = *option_end; 4566 *option_end = NUL; 4567 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4568 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4569 4570 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4571 { 4572 if (rettv != NULL) 4573 EMSG2(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4574 ret = FAIL; 4575 } 4576 else if (rettv != NULL) 4577 { 4578 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4579 { 4580 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4581 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4582 } 4583 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4584 { 4585 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4586 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4587 } 4588 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4589 { 4590 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4591 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4592 } 4593 else /* string option */ 4594 { 4595 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4596 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4597 } 4598 } 4599 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4600 ret = FAIL; 4601 4602 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4603 *arg = option_end; 4604 4605 return ret; 4606 } 4607 4608 /* 4609 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4610 * Return OK or FAIL. 4611 */ 4612 static int 4613 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4614 { 4615 char_u *p; 4616 char_u *name; 4617 int extra = 0; 4618 4619 /* 4620 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4621 */ 4622 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4623 { 4624 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4625 { 4626 ++p; 4627 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4628 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4629 if (*p == '<') 4630 extra += 2; 4631 } 4632 } 4633 4634 if (*p != '"') 4635 { 4636 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4637 return FAIL; 4638 } 4639 4640 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4641 if (!evaluate) 4642 { 4643 *arg = p + 1; 4644 return OK; 4645 } 4646 4647 /* 4648 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4649 * characters. 4650 */ 4651 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4652 if (name == NULL) 4653 return FAIL; 4654 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4655 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4656 4657 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4658 { 4659 if (*p == '\\') 4660 { 4661 switch (*++p) 4662 { 4663 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4664 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4665 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4666 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4667 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4668 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4669 4670 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 4671 case 'x': 4672 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 4673 case 'U': 4674 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4675 { 4676 int n, nr; 4677 int c = toupper(*p); 4678 4679 if (c == 'X') 4680 n = 2; 4681 else if (*p == 'u') 4682 n = 4; 4683 else 4684 n = 8; 4685 nr = 0; 4686 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4687 { 4688 ++p; 4689 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 4690 } 4691 ++p; 4692 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4693 /* For "\u" store the number according to 4694 * 'encoding'. */ 4695 if (c != 'X') 4696 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 4697 else 4698 #endif 4699 *name++ = nr; 4700 } 4701 break; 4702 4703 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 4704 case '0': 4705 case '1': 4706 case '2': 4707 case '3': 4708 case '4': 4709 case '5': 4710 case '6': 4711 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 4712 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4713 { 4714 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4715 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4716 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4717 } 4718 ++name; 4719 break; 4720 4721 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 4722 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 4723 if (extra != 0) 4724 { 4725 name += extra; 4726 break; 4727 } 4728 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4729 4730 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4731 break; 4732 } 4733 } 4734 else 4735 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4736 4737 } 4738 *name = NUL; 4739 if (*p != NUL) /* just in case */ 4740 ++p; 4741 *arg = p; 4742 4743 return OK; 4744 } 4745 4746 /* 4747 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 4748 * Return OK or FAIL. 4749 */ 4750 static int 4751 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4752 { 4753 char_u *p; 4754 char_u *str; 4755 int reduce = 0; 4756 4757 /* 4758 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 4759 */ 4760 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4761 { 4762 if (*p == '\'') 4763 { 4764 if (p[1] != '\'') 4765 break; 4766 ++reduce; 4767 ++p; 4768 } 4769 } 4770 4771 if (*p != '\'') 4772 { 4773 EMSG2(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4774 return FAIL; 4775 } 4776 4777 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 4778 if (!evaluate) 4779 { 4780 *arg = p + 1; 4781 return OK; 4782 } 4783 4784 /* 4785 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 4786 */ 4787 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 4788 if (str == NULL) 4789 return FAIL; 4790 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4791 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 4792 4793 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 4794 { 4795 if (*p == '\'') 4796 { 4797 if (p[1] != '\'') 4798 break; 4799 ++p; 4800 } 4801 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 4802 } 4803 *str = NUL; 4804 *arg = p + 1; 4805 4806 return OK; 4807 } 4808 4809 /* 4810 * Return the function name of the partial. 4811 */ 4812 char_u * 4813 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 4814 { 4815 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4816 return pt->pt_name; 4817 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 4818 } 4819 4820 static void 4821 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 4822 { 4823 int i; 4824 4825 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 4826 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 4827 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 4828 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 4829 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4830 { 4831 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 4832 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 4833 } 4834 else 4835 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 4836 vim_free(pt); 4837 } 4838 4839 /* 4840 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 4841 * becomes zero. 4842 */ 4843 void 4844 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 4845 { 4846 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 4847 partial_free(pt); 4848 } 4849 4850 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4851 4852 static int 4853 func_equal( 4854 typval_T *tv1, 4855 typval_T *tv2, 4856 int ic) /* ignore case */ 4857 { 4858 char_u *s1, *s2; 4859 dict_T *d1, *d2; 4860 int a1, a2; 4861 int i; 4862 4863 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 4864 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 4865 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 4866 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 4867 s1 = NULL; 4868 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 4869 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 4870 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 4871 s2 = NULL; 4872 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 4873 { 4874 if (s1 != s2) 4875 return FALSE; 4876 } 4877 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 4878 return FALSE; 4879 4880 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 4881 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4882 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4883 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 4884 { 4885 if (d1 != d2) 4886 return FALSE; 4887 } 4888 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 4889 return FALSE; 4890 4891 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 4892 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4893 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4894 if (a1 != a2) 4895 return FALSE; 4896 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 4897 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 4898 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 4899 return FALSE; 4900 4901 return TRUE; 4902 } 4903 4904 /* 4905 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 4906 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 4907 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 4908 */ 4909 int 4910 tv_equal( 4911 typval_T *tv1, 4912 typval_T *tv2, 4913 int ic, /* ignore case */ 4914 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 4915 { 4916 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 4917 char_u *s1, *s2; 4918 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 4919 int r; 4920 4921 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 4922 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 4923 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 4924 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 4925 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 4926 * recursiveness quickly. */ 4927 if (!recursive) 4928 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 4929 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 4930 { 4931 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4932 return TRUE; 4933 } 4934 4935 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 4936 * arguments. */ 4937 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4938 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 4939 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4940 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 4941 { 4942 ++recursive_cnt; 4943 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 4944 --recursive_cnt; 4945 return r; 4946 } 4947 4948 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 4949 return FALSE; 4950 4951 switch (tv1->v_type) 4952 { 4953 case VAR_LIST: 4954 ++recursive_cnt; 4955 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 4956 --recursive_cnt; 4957 return r; 4958 4959 case VAR_DICT: 4960 ++recursive_cnt; 4961 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 4962 --recursive_cnt; 4963 return r; 4964 4965 case VAR_NUMBER: 4966 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 4967 4968 case VAR_STRING: 4969 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 4970 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 4971 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 4972 4973 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4974 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 4975 4976 case VAR_FLOAT: 4977 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4978 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 4979 #endif 4980 case VAR_JOB: 4981 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 4982 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 4983 #endif 4984 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4985 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 4986 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 4987 #endif 4988 case VAR_FUNC: 4989 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4990 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4991 break; 4992 } 4993 4994 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 4995 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 4996 return FALSE; 4997 } 4998 4999 /* 5000 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5001 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5002 */ 5003 int 5004 get_copyID(void) 5005 { 5006 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5007 return current_copyID; 5008 } 5009 5010 /* 5011 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5012 * 5013 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5014 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5015 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5016 * reference. Example: 5017 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5018 * :let d = {9: l} 5019 * :let l[1] = d 5020 * 5021 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5022 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5023 * variable. 5024 * 5025 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5026 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5027 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5028 */ 5029 5030 /* 5031 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5032 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5033 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5034 */ 5035 int 5036 garbage_collect(int testing) 5037 { 5038 int copyID; 5039 int abort = FALSE; 5040 buf_T *buf; 5041 win_T *wp; 5042 int i; 5043 int did_free = FALSE; 5044 tabpage_T *tp; 5045 5046 if (!testing) 5047 { 5048 /* Only do this once. */ 5049 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5050 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5051 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5052 } 5053 5054 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5055 * previous_funccal. */ 5056 copyID = get_copyID(); 5057 5058 /* 5059 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5060 * with copyID. 5061 */ 5062 5063 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5064 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5065 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5066 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5067 5068 /* script-local variables */ 5069 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5070 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5071 5072 /* buffer-local variables */ 5073 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5074 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5075 NULL, NULL); 5076 5077 /* window-local variables */ 5078 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5079 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5080 NULL, NULL); 5081 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5082 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5083 NULL, NULL); 5084 5085 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5086 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5087 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5088 NULL, NULL); 5089 /* global variables */ 5090 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5091 5092 /* function-local variables */ 5093 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5094 5095 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5096 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5097 5098 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5099 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5100 5101 /* v: vars */ 5102 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5103 5104 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5105 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5106 #endif 5107 5108 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5109 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5110 #endif 5111 5112 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5113 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5114 #endif 5115 5116 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5117 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5118 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5119 #endif 5120 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5121 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5122 #endif 5123 5124 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5125 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5126 #endif 5127 5128 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5129 abort = abort || set_ref_in_quickfix(copyID); 5130 #endif 5131 5132 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5133 abort = abort || set_ref_in_term(copyID); 5134 #endif 5135 5136 if (!abort) 5137 { 5138 /* 5139 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5140 */ 5141 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5142 5143 /* 5144 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5145 * This may call us back recursively. 5146 */ 5147 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5148 } 5149 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5150 { 5151 verb_msg((char_u *)_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5152 } 5153 5154 return did_free; 5155 } 5156 5157 /* 5158 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5159 */ 5160 static int 5161 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5162 { 5163 int did_free = FALSE; 5164 5165 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5166 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5167 * do that here. */ 5168 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5169 5170 /* 5171 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5172 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5173 */ 5174 5175 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5176 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5177 5178 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5179 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5180 5181 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5182 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5183 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5184 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5185 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5186 5187 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5188 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5189 #endif 5190 5191 /* 5192 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5193 */ 5194 dict_free_items(copyID); 5195 list_free_items(copyID); 5196 5197 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5198 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5199 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5200 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5201 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5202 5203 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5204 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5205 #endif 5206 5207 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5208 5209 return did_free; 5210 } 5211 5212 /* 5213 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5214 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5215 * 5216 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5217 */ 5218 int 5219 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5220 { 5221 int todo; 5222 int abort = FALSE; 5223 hashitem_T *hi; 5224 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5225 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5226 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5227 5228 cur_ht = ht; 5229 for (;;) 5230 { 5231 if (!abort) 5232 { 5233 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5234 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5235 * list_stack. */ 5236 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5237 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5238 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5239 { 5240 --todo; 5241 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5242 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5243 } 5244 } 5245 5246 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5247 break; 5248 5249 /* take an item from the stack */ 5250 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5251 tempitem = ht_stack; 5252 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5253 free(tempitem); 5254 } 5255 5256 return abort; 5257 } 5258 5259 /* 5260 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5261 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5262 * 5263 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5264 */ 5265 int 5266 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5267 { 5268 listitem_T *li; 5269 int abort = FALSE; 5270 list_T *cur_l; 5271 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5272 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5273 5274 cur_l = l; 5275 for (;;) 5276 { 5277 if (!abort) 5278 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5279 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5280 * list_stack. */ 5281 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5282 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5283 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5284 if (list_stack == NULL) 5285 break; 5286 5287 /* take an item from the stack */ 5288 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5289 tempitem = list_stack; 5290 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5291 free(tempitem); 5292 } 5293 5294 return abort; 5295 } 5296 5297 /* 5298 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5299 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5300 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5301 * 5302 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5303 */ 5304 int 5305 set_ref_in_item( 5306 typval_T *tv, 5307 int copyID, 5308 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5309 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5310 { 5311 int abort = FALSE; 5312 5313 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5314 { 5315 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5316 5317 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5318 { 5319 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5320 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5321 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5322 { 5323 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5324 } 5325 else 5326 { 5327 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5328 if (newitem == NULL) 5329 abort = TRUE; 5330 else 5331 { 5332 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5333 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5334 *ht_stack = newitem; 5335 } 5336 } 5337 } 5338 } 5339 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5340 { 5341 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5342 5343 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5344 { 5345 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5346 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5347 if (list_stack == NULL) 5348 { 5349 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5350 } 5351 else 5352 { 5353 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5354 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5355 if (newitem == NULL) 5356 abort = TRUE; 5357 else 5358 { 5359 newitem->list = ll; 5360 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5361 *list_stack = newitem; 5362 } 5363 } 5364 } 5365 } 5366 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5367 { 5368 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5369 } 5370 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5371 { 5372 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5373 int i; 5374 5375 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5376 */ 5377 if (pt != NULL) 5378 { 5379 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5380 5381 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5382 { 5383 typval_T dtv; 5384 5385 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5386 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5387 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5388 } 5389 5390 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5391 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5392 ht_stack, list_stack); 5393 } 5394 } 5395 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5396 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5397 { 5398 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5399 typval_T dtv; 5400 5401 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5402 { 5403 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5404 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5405 { 5406 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5407 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5408 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5409 } 5410 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5411 { 5412 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5413 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5414 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5415 } 5416 } 5417 } 5418 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5419 { 5420 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5421 ch_part_T part; 5422 typval_T dtv; 5423 jsonq_T *jq; 5424 cbq_T *cq; 5425 5426 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5427 { 5428 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5429 for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part) 5430 { 5431 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5432 jq = jq->jq_next) 5433 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5434 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5435 cq = cq->cq_next) 5436 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5437 { 5438 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5439 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5440 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5441 } 5442 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5443 { 5444 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5445 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5446 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5447 } 5448 } 5449 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5450 { 5451 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5452 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5453 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5454 } 5455 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5456 { 5457 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5458 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5459 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5460 } 5461 } 5462 } 5463 #endif 5464 return abort; 5465 } 5466 5467 static char * 5468 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5469 { 5470 switch (nr) 5471 { 5472 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5473 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5474 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5475 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5476 } 5477 internal_error("get_var_special_name()"); 5478 return "42"; 5479 } 5480 5481 /* 5482 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5483 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5484 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5485 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5486 * When both "echo_style" and "composite_val" are FALSE, put quotes around 5487 * stings as "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as 5488 * ":echo" displays values. 5489 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5490 * are replaced with "...". 5491 * May return NULL. 5492 */ 5493 char_u * 5494 echo_string_core( 5495 typval_T *tv, 5496 char_u **tofree, 5497 char_u *numbuf, 5498 int copyID, 5499 int echo_style, 5500 int restore_copyID, 5501 int composite_val) 5502 { 5503 static int recurse = 0; 5504 char_u *r = NULL; 5505 5506 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5507 { 5508 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5509 { 5510 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5511 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5512 * and dicts. */ 5513 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5514 EMSG(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5515 } 5516 *tofree = NULL; 5517 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5518 } 5519 ++recurse; 5520 5521 switch (tv->v_type) 5522 { 5523 case VAR_STRING: 5524 if (echo_style && !composite_val) 5525 { 5526 *tofree = NULL; 5527 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5528 if (r == NULL) 5529 r = (char_u *)""; 5530 } 5531 else 5532 { 5533 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5534 r = *tofree; 5535 } 5536 break; 5537 5538 case VAR_FUNC: 5539 if (echo_style) 5540 { 5541 *tofree = NULL; 5542 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5543 } 5544 else 5545 { 5546 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5547 r = *tofree; 5548 } 5549 break; 5550 5551 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5552 { 5553 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5554 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5555 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5556 garray_T ga; 5557 int i; 5558 char_u *tf; 5559 5560 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5561 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5562 if (fname != NULL) 5563 { 5564 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5565 vim_free(fname); 5566 } 5567 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5568 { 5569 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5570 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5571 { 5572 if (i > 0) 5573 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5574 ga_concat(&ga, 5575 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5576 vim_free(tf); 5577 } 5578 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5579 } 5580 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5581 { 5582 typval_T dtv; 5583 5584 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5585 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5586 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5587 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5588 vim_free(tf); 5589 } 5590 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5591 5592 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5593 r = *tofree; 5594 break; 5595 } 5596 5597 case VAR_LIST: 5598 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5599 { 5600 *tofree = NULL; 5601 r = NULL; 5602 } 5603 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5604 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5605 { 5606 *tofree = NULL; 5607 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5608 } 5609 else 5610 { 5611 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5612 5613 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5614 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5615 if (restore_copyID) 5616 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5617 r = *tofree; 5618 } 5619 break; 5620 5621 case VAR_DICT: 5622 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5623 { 5624 *tofree = NULL; 5625 r = NULL; 5626 } 5627 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5628 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5629 { 5630 *tofree = NULL; 5631 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5632 } 5633 else 5634 { 5635 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5636 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5637 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5638 if (restore_copyID) 5639 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5640 r = *tofree; 5641 } 5642 break; 5643 5644 case VAR_NUMBER: 5645 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5646 *tofree = NULL; 5647 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5648 break; 5649 5650 case VAR_JOB: 5651 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5652 *tofree = NULL; 5653 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5654 if (composite_val) 5655 { 5656 *tofree = string_quote(r, FALSE); 5657 r = *tofree; 5658 } 5659 break; 5660 5661 case VAR_FLOAT: 5662 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5663 *tofree = NULL; 5664 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 5665 r = numbuf; 5666 break; 5667 #endif 5668 5669 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5670 *tofree = NULL; 5671 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 5672 break; 5673 } 5674 5675 if (--recurse == 0) 5676 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 5677 return r; 5678 } 5679 5680 /* 5681 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5682 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5683 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5684 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 5685 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5686 * May return NULL. 5687 */ 5688 char_u * 5689 echo_string( 5690 typval_T *tv, 5691 char_u **tofree, 5692 char_u *numbuf, 5693 int copyID) 5694 { 5695 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5696 } 5697 5698 /* 5699 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5700 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5701 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5702 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 5703 * May return NULL. 5704 */ 5705 char_u * 5706 tv2string( 5707 typval_T *tv, 5708 char_u **tofree, 5709 char_u *numbuf, 5710 int copyID) 5711 { 5712 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 5713 } 5714 5715 /* 5716 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 5717 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 5718 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 5719 */ 5720 char_u * 5721 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 5722 { 5723 unsigned len; 5724 char_u *p, *r, *s; 5725 5726 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 5727 if (str != NULL) 5728 { 5729 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 5730 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5731 if (*p == '\'') 5732 ++len; 5733 } 5734 s = r = alloc(len); 5735 if (r != NULL) 5736 { 5737 if (function) 5738 { 5739 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 5740 r += 10; 5741 } 5742 else 5743 *r++ = '\''; 5744 if (str != NULL) 5745 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 5746 { 5747 if (*p == '\'') 5748 *r++ = '\''; 5749 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 5750 } 5751 *r++ = '\''; 5752 if (function) 5753 *r++ = ')'; 5754 *r++ = NUL; 5755 } 5756 return s; 5757 } 5758 5759 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 5760 /* 5761 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 5762 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 5763 * this always uses a decimal point. 5764 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 5765 */ 5766 int 5767 string2float( 5768 char_u *text, 5769 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 5770 { 5771 char *s = (char *)text; 5772 float_T f; 5773 5774 /* MS-Windows does not deal with "inf" and "nan" properly. */ 5775 if (STRNICMP(text, "inf", 3) == 0) 5776 { 5777 *value = INFINITY; 5778 return 3; 5779 } 5780 if (STRNICMP(text, "-inf", 3) == 0) 5781 { 5782 *value = -INFINITY; 5783 return 4; 5784 } 5785 if (STRNICMP(text, "nan", 3) == 0) 5786 { 5787 *value = NAN; 5788 return 3; 5789 } 5790 f = strtod(s, &s); 5791 *value = f; 5792 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 5793 } 5794 #endif 5795 5796 /* 5797 * Get the value of an environment variable. 5798 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 5799 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 5800 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 5801 */ 5802 static int 5803 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5804 { 5805 char_u *string = NULL; 5806 int len; 5807 int cc; 5808 char_u *name; 5809 int mustfree = FALSE; 5810 5811 ++*arg; 5812 name = *arg; 5813 len = get_env_len(arg); 5814 if (evaluate) 5815 { 5816 if (len == 0) 5817 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 5818 5819 cc = name[len]; 5820 name[len] = NUL; 5821 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 5822 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 5823 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 5824 { 5825 if (!mustfree) 5826 string = vim_strsave(string); 5827 } 5828 else 5829 { 5830 if (mustfree) 5831 vim_free(string); 5832 5833 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 5834 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 5835 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 5836 VIM_CLEAR(string); 5837 } 5838 name[len] = cc; 5839 5840 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 5841 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 5842 } 5843 5844 return OK; 5845 } 5846 5847 5848 5849 /* 5850 * Translate a String variable into a position. 5851 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 5852 */ 5853 pos_T * 5854 var2fpos( 5855 typval_T *varp, 5856 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 5857 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 5858 { 5859 char_u *name; 5860 static pos_T pos; 5861 pos_T *pp; 5862 5863 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 5864 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5865 { 5866 list_T *l; 5867 int len; 5868 int error = FALSE; 5869 listitem_T *li; 5870 5871 l = varp->vval.v_list; 5872 if (l == NULL) 5873 return NULL; 5874 5875 /* Get the line number */ 5876 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 5877 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5878 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 5879 5880 /* Get the column number */ 5881 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 5882 if (error) 5883 return NULL; 5884 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 5885 5886 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 5887 li = list_find(l, 1L); 5888 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 5889 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 5890 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 5891 pos.col = len + 1; 5892 5893 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 5894 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 5895 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 5896 --pos.col; 5897 5898 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5899 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 5900 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 5901 if (error) 5902 pos.coladd = 0; 5903 #endif 5904 5905 return &pos; 5906 } 5907 5908 name = get_tv_string_chk(varp); 5909 if (name == NULL) 5910 return NULL; 5911 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 5912 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5913 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 5914 { 5915 if (VIsual_active) 5916 return &VIsual; 5917 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5918 } 5919 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 5920 { 5921 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 5922 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 5923 return NULL; 5924 return pp; 5925 } 5926 5927 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5928 pos.coladd = 0; 5929 #endif 5930 5931 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 5932 { 5933 pos.col = 0; 5934 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 5935 { 5936 update_topline(); 5937 /* In silent Ex mode topline is zero, but that's not a valid line 5938 * number; use one instead. */ 5939 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline > 0 ? curwin->w_topline : 1; 5940 return &pos; 5941 } 5942 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 5943 { 5944 validate_botline(); 5945 /* In silent Ex mode botline is zero, return zero then. */ 5946 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline > 0 ? curwin->w_botline - 1 : 0; 5947 return &pos; 5948 } 5949 } 5950 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 5951 { 5952 if (dollar_lnum) 5953 { 5954 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 5955 pos.col = 0; 5956 } 5957 else 5958 { 5959 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5960 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 5961 } 5962 return &pos; 5963 } 5964 return NULL; 5965 } 5966 5967 /* 5968 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 5969 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 5970 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 5971 * it to use 1 for the first column. 5972 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 5973 * validity. 5974 */ 5975 int 5976 list2fpos( 5977 typval_T *arg, 5978 pos_T *posp, 5979 int *fnump, 5980 colnr_T *curswantp) 5981 { 5982 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 5983 long i = 0; 5984 long n; 5985 5986 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 5987 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 5988 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 5989 || l == NULL 5990 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 5991 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 5992 return FAIL; 5993 5994 if (fnump != NULL) 5995 { 5996 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 5997 if (n < 0) 5998 return FAIL; 5999 if (n == 0) 6000 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6001 *fnump = n; 6002 } 6003 6004 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6005 if (n < 0) 6006 return FAIL; 6007 posp->lnum = n; 6008 6009 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6010 if (n < 0) 6011 return FAIL; 6012 posp->col = n; 6013 6014 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6015 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6016 if (n < 0) 6017 posp->coladd = 0; 6018 else 6019 posp->coladd = n; 6020 #endif 6021 6022 if (curswantp != NULL) 6023 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6024 6025 return OK; 6026 } 6027 6028 /* 6029 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6030 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6031 * Return 0 for error. 6032 */ 6033 static int 6034 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6035 { 6036 char_u *p; 6037 int len; 6038 6039 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6040 ; 6041 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6042 return 0; 6043 6044 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6045 *arg = p; 6046 return len; 6047 } 6048 6049 /* 6050 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6051 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6052 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6053 */ 6054 int 6055 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6056 { 6057 char_u *p; 6058 int len; 6059 6060 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6061 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6062 { 6063 if (*p == ':') 6064 { 6065 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6066 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6067 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6068 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6069 || len > 1) 6070 break; 6071 } 6072 } 6073 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6074 return 0; 6075 6076 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6077 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6078 6079 return len; 6080 } 6081 6082 /* 6083 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6084 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6085 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6086 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6087 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6088 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6089 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6090 */ 6091 int 6092 get_name_len( 6093 char_u **arg, 6094 char_u **alias, 6095 int evaluate, 6096 int verbose) 6097 { 6098 int len; 6099 char_u *p; 6100 char_u *expr_start; 6101 char_u *expr_end; 6102 6103 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6104 6105 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6106 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6107 { 6108 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6109 *arg += 3; 6110 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6111 } 6112 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6113 if (len > 0) 6114 { 6115 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6116 *arg += len; 6117 } 6118 6119 /* 6120 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6121 */ 6122 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6123 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6124 if (expr_start != NULL) 6125 { 6126 char_u *temp_string; 6127 6128 if (!evaluate) 6129 { 6130 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6131 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6132 return len; 6133 } 6134 6135 /* 6136 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6137 * Thus the -len here. 6138 */ 6139 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6140 if (temp_string == NULL) 6141 return -1; 6142 *alias = temp_string; 6143 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6144 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6145 } 6146 6147 len += get_id_len(arg); 6148 if (len == 0 && verbose) 6149 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6150 6151 return len; 6152 } 6153 6154 /* 6155 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6156 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6157 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6158 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6159 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6160 * valid name. 6161 */ 6162 char_u * 6163 find_name_end( 6164 char_u *arg, 6165 char_u **expr_start, 6166 char_u **expr_end, 6167 int flags) 6168 { 6169 int mb_nest = 0; 6170 int br_nest = 0; 6171 char_u *p; 6172 int len; 6173 6174 if (expr_start != NULL) 6175 { 6176 *expr_start = NULL; 6177 *expr_end = NULL; 6178 } 6179 6180 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6181 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6182 return arg; 6183 6184 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6185 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6186 || *p == '{' 6187 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6188 || mb_nest != 0 6189 || br_nest != 0); MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6190 { 6191 if (*p == '\'') 6192 { 6193 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6194 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6195 ; 6196 if (*p == NUL) 6197 break; 6198 } 6199 else if (*p == '"') 6200 { 6201 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6202 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6203 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6204 ++p; 6205 if (*p == NUL) 6206 break; 6207 } 6208 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6209 { 6210 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6211 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6212 len = (int)(p - arg); 6213 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6214 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6215 break; 6216 } 6217 6218 if (mb_nest == 0) 6219 { 6220 if (*p == '[') 6221 ++br_nest; 6222 else if (*p == ']') 6223 --br_nest; 6224 } 6225 6226 if (br_nest == 0) 6227 { 6228 if (*p == '{') 6229 { 6230 mb_nest++; 6231 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6232 *expr_start = p; 6233 } 6234 else if (*p == '}') 6235 { 6236 mb_nest--; 6237 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6238 *expr_end = p; 6239 } 6240 } 6241 } 6242 6243 return p; 6244 } 6245 6246 /* 6247 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6248 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6249 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6250 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6251 * "in_start" ^ 6252 * "expr_start" ^ 6253 * "expr_end" ^ 6254 * "in_end" ^ 6255 * 6256 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6257 * Returns NULL for failure. 6258 */ 6259 static char_u * 6260 make_expanded_name( 6261 char_u *in_start, 6262 char_u *expr_start, 6263 char_u *expr_end, 6264 char_u *in_end) 6265 { 6266 char_u c1; 6267 char_u *retval = NULL; 6268 char_u *temp_result; 6269 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6270 6271 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6272 return NULL; 6273 *expr_start = NUL; 6274 *expr_end = NUL; 6275 c1 = *in_end; 6276 *in_end = NUL; 6277 6278 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6279 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6280 { 6281 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6282 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6283 if (retval != NULL) 6284 { 6285 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6286 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6287 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6288 } 6289 } 6290 vim_free(temp_result); 6291 6292 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6293 *expr_start = '{'; 6294 *expr_end = '}'; 6295 6296 if (retval != NULL) 6297 { 6298 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6299 if (expr_start != NULL) 6300 { 6301 /* Further expansion! */ 6302 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6303 expr_end, temp_result); 6304 vim_free(retval); 6305 retval = temp_result; 6306 } 6307 } 6308 6309 return retval; 6310 } 6311 6312 /* 6313 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6314 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6315 */ 6316 int 6317 eval_isnamec(int c) 6318 { 6319 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6320 } 6321 6322 /* 6323 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6324 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6325 */ 6326 int 6327 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6328 { 6329 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6330 } 6331 6332 /* 6333 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6334 */ 6335 void 6336 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6337 { 6338 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6339 } 6340 6341 /* 6342 * Get number v: variable value. 6343 */ 6344 varnumber_T 6345 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6346 { 6347 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6348 } 6349 6350 /* 6351 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6352 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 6353 * Never returns NULL; 6354 */ 6355 char_u * 6356 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6357 { 6358 return get_tv_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6359 } 6360 6361 /* 6362 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6363 * needed. 6364 */ 6365 list_T * 6366 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6367 { 6368 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6369 } 6370 6371 /* 6372 * Get Dict v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6373 * needed. 6374 */ 6375 dict_T * 6376 get_vim_var_dict(int idx) 6377 { 6378 return vimvars[idx].vv_dict; 6379 } 6380 6381 /* 6382 * Set v:char to character "c". 6383 */ 6384 void 6385 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6386 { 6387 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6388 6389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6390 if (has_mbyte) 6391 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6392 else 6393 #endif 6394 { 6395 buf[0] = c; 6396 buf[1] = NUL; 6397 } 6398 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6399 } 6400 6401 /* 6402 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6403 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6404 */ 6405 void 6406 set_vcount( 6407 long count, 6408 long count1, 6409 int set_prevcount) 6410 { 6411 if (set_prevcount) 6412 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6413 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6414 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6415 } 6416 6417 /* 6418 * Save variables that might be changed as a side effect. Used when executing 6419 * a timer callback. 6420 */ 6421 void 6422 save_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6423 { 6424 vvsave->vv_prevcount = vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr; 6425 vvsave->vv_count = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6426 vvsave->vv_count1 = vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr; 6427 } 6428 6429 /* 6430 * Restore variables saved by save_vimvars(). 6431 */ 6432 void 6433 restore_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6434 { 6435 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_prevcount; 6436 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count; 6437 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count1; 6438 } 6439 6440 /* 6441 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6442 */ 6443 void 6444 set_vim_var_string( 6445 int idx, 6446 char_u *val, 6447 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6448 { 6449 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6450 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6451 if (val == NULL) 6452 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6453 else if (len == -1) 6454 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6455 else 6456 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6457 } 6458 6459 /* 6460 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6461 */ 6462 void 6463 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6464 { 6465 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6466 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6467 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6468 if (val != NULL) 6469 ++val->lv_refcount; 6470 } 6471 6472 /* 6473 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6474 */ 6475 void 6476 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6477 { 6478 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6479 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6480 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6481 if (val != NULL) 6482 { 6483 ++val->dv_refcount; 6484 dict_set_items_ro(val); 6485 } 6486 } 6487 6488 /* 6489 * Set v:register if needed. 6490 */ 6491 void 6492 set_reg_var(int c) 6493 { 6494 char_u regname; 6495 6496 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6497 regname = '"'; 6498 else 6499 regname = c; 6500 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6501 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6502 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6503 } 6504 6505 /* 6506 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6507 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6508 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6509 * take care of memory allocations. 6510 */ 6511 char_u * 6512 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6513 { 6514 if (oldval == NULL) 6515 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6516 6517 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6518 return NULL; 6519 } 6520 6521 /* 6522 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6523 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6524 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6525 * take care of memory allocations. 6526 */ 6527 char_u * 6528 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6529 { 6530 if (oldval == NULL) 6531 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6532 6533 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6534 return NULL; 6535 } 6536 6537 /* 6538 * Set v:cmdarg. 6539 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6540 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6541 * Must always be called in pairs! 6542 */ 6543 char_u * 6544 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6545 { 6546 char_u *oldval; 6547 char_u *newval; 6548 unsigned len; 6549 6550 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6551 if (eap == NULL) 6552 { 6553 vim_free(oldval); 6554 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6555 return NULL; 6556 } 6557 6558 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6559 len = 6; 6560 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6561 len = 8; 6562 else 6563 len = 0; 6564 6565 if (eap->read_edit) 6566 len += 7; 6567 6568 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6569 len += 10; /* " ++ff=unix" */ 6570 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6571 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6572 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6573 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6574 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6575 # endif 6576 6577 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6578 if (newval == NULL) 6579 return NULL; 6580 6581 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6582 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6583 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6584 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6585 else 6586 *newval = NUL; 6587 6588 if (eap->read_edit) 6589 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6590 6591 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6592 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6593 eap->force_ff == 'u' ? "unix" 6594 : eap->force_ff == 'd' ? "dos" 6595 : "mac"); 6596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6597 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6598 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6599 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6600 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6601 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6602 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6603 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6604 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6605 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6606 #endif 6607 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6608 return oldval; 6609 } 6610 6611 /* 6612 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6613 * Return OK or FAIL. If OK is returned "rettv" must be cleared. 6614 */ 6615 int 6616 get_var_tv( 6617 char_u *name, 6618 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6619 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6620 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6621 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6622 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6623 { 6624 int ret = OK; 6625 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6626 dictitem_T *v; 6627 int cc; 6628 6629 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6630 cc = name[len]; 6631 name[len] = NUL; 6632 6633 /* 6634 * Check for user-defined variables. 6635 */ 6636 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6637 if (v != NULL) 6638 { 6639 tv = &v->di_tv; 6640 if (dip != NULL) 6641 *dip = v; 6642 } 6643 6644 if (tv == NULL) 6645 { 6646 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6647 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), name); 6648 ret = FAIL; 6649 } 6650 else if (rettv != NULL) 6651 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6652 6653 name[len] = cc; 6654 6655 return ret; 6656 } 6657 6658 /* 6659 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6660 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6661 */ 6662 static void 6663 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6664 { 6665 int cc; 6666 char_u *varname; 6667 hashtab_T *ht; 6668 6669 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6670 return; 6671 6672 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6673 cc = name[len]; 6674 name[len] = NUL; 6675 6676 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 6677 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 6678 { 6679 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 6680 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 6681 } 6682 6683 name[len] = cc; 6684 } 6685 6686 /* 6687 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 6688 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 6689 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 6690 */ 6691 int 6692 handle_subscript( 6693 char_u **arg, 6694 typval_T *rettv, 6695 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 6696 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 6697 { 6698 int ret = OK; 6699 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 6700 char_u *s; 6701 int len; 6702 typval_T functv; 6703 6704 while (ret == OK 6705 && (**arg == '[' 6706 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6707 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6708 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 6709 && !VIM_ISWHITE(*(*arg - 1))) 6710 { 6711 if (**arg == '(') 6712 { 6713 partial_T *pt = NULL; 6714 6715 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 6716 if (evaluate) 6717 { 6718 functv = *rettv; 6719 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 6720 6721 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 6722 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 6723 { 6724 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 6725 s = partial_name(pt); 6726 } 6727 else 6728 s = functv.vval.v_string; 6729 } 6730 else 6731 s = (char_u *)""; 6732 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 6733 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 6734 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 6735 6736 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 6737 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 6738 if (evaluate) 6739 clear_tv(&functv); 6740 6741 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 6742 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 6743 * but not caught. */ 6744 if (aborting()) 6745 { 6746 if (ret == OK) 6747 clear_tv(rettv); 6748 ret = FAIL; 6749 } 6750 dict_unref(selfdict); 6751 selfdict = NULL; 6752 } 6753 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 6754 { 6755 dict_unref(selfdict); 6756 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6757 { 6758 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 6759 if (selfdict != NULL) 6760 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 6761 } 6762 else 6763 selfdict = NULL; 6764 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 6765 { 6766 clear_tv(rettv); 6767 ret = FAIL; 6768 } 6769 } 6770 } 6771 6772 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 6773 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 6774 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 6775 if (selfdict != NULL 6776 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6777 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 6778 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 6779 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 6780 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 6781 6782 dict_unref(selfdict); 6783 return ret; 6784 } 6785 6786 /* 6787 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 6788 * value). 6789 */ 6790 typval_T * 6791 alloc_tv(void) 6792 { 6793 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 6794 } 6795 6796 /* 6797 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 6798 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 6799 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 6800 */ 6801 static typval_T * 6802 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 6803 { 6804 typval_T *rettv; 6805 6806 rettv = alloc_tv(); 6807 if (rettv != NULL) 6808 { 6809 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6810 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 6811 } 6812 else 6813 vim_free(s); 6814 return rettv; 6815 } 6816 6817 /* 6818 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 6819 */ 6820 void 6821 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 6822 { 6823 if (varp != NULL) 6824 { 6825 switch (varp->v_type) 6826 { 6827 case VAR_FUNC: 6828 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6829 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6830 case VAR_STRING: 6831 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 6832 break; 6833 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6834 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6835 break; 6836 case VAR_LIST: 6837 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6838 break; 6839 case VAR_DICT: 6840 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6841 break; 6842 case VAR_JOB: 6843 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6844 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6845 break; 6846 #endif 6847 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6848 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6849 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6850 break; 6851 #endif 6852 case VAR_NUMBER: 6853 case VAR_FLOAT: 6854 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6855 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6856 break; 6857 } 6858 vim_free(varp); 6859 } 6860 } 6861 6862 /* 6863 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 6864 */ 6865 void 6866 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 6867 { 6868 if (varp != NULL) 6869 { 6870 switch (varp->v_type) 6871 { 6872 case VAR_FUNC: 6873 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6874 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6875 case VAR_STRING: 6876 VIM_CLEAR(varp->vval.v_string); 6877 break; 6878 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6879 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6880 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 6881 break; 6882 case VAR_LIST: 6883 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6884 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 6885 break; 6886 case VAR_DICT: 6887 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6888 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 6889 break; 6890 case VAR_NUMBER: 6891 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6892 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 6893 break; 6894 case VAR_FLOAT: 6895 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6896 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 6897 break; 6898 #endif 6899 case VAR_JOB: 6900 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6901 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6902 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 6903 #endif 6904 break; 6905 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6906 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6907 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6908 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 6909 #endif 6910 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6911 break; 6912 } 6913 varp->v_lock = 0; 6914 } 6915 } 6916 6917 /* 6918 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 6919 */ 6920 void 6921 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 6922 { 6923 if (varp != NULL) 6924 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 6925 } 6926 6927 /* 6928 * Get the number value of a variable. 6929 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 6930 * For incompatible types, return 0. 6931 * get_tv_number_chk() is similar to get_tv_number(), but informs the 6932 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 6933 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 6934 */ 6935 varnumber_T 6936 get_tv_number(typval_T *varp) 6937 { 6938 int error = FALSE; 6939 6940 return get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 6941 } 6942 6943 varnumber_T 6944 get_tv_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 6945 { 6946 varnumber_T n = 0L; 6947 6948 switch (varp->v_type) 6949 { 6950 case VAR_NUMBER: 6951 return varp->vval.v_number; 6952 case VAR_FLOAT: 6953 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6954 EMSG(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 6955 break; 6956 #endif 6957 case VAR_FUNC: 6958 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6959 EMSG(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 6960 break; 6961 case VAR_STRING: 6962 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 6963 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 6964 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 6965 return n; 6966 case VAR_LIST: 6967 EMSG(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 6968 break; 6969 case VAR_DICT: 6970 EMSG(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 6971 break; 6972 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6973 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 6974 break; 6975 case VAR_JOB: 6976 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6977 EMSG(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 6978 break; 6979 #endif 6980 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6981 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6982 EMSG(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 6983 break; 6984 #endif 6985 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6986 internal_error("get_tv_number(UNKNOWN)"); 6987 break; 6988 } 6989 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 6990 n = -1; 6991 else 6992 *denote = TRUE; 6993 return n; 6994 } 6995 6996 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6997 float_T 6998 get_tv_float(typval_T *varp) 6999 { 7000 switch (varp->v_type) 7001 { 7002 case VAR_NUMBER: 7003 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7004 case VAR_FLOAT: 7005 return varp->vval.v_float; 7006 case VAR_FUNC: 7007 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7008 EMSG(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7009 break; 7010 case VAR_STRING: 7011 EMSG(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7012 break; 7013 case VAR_LIST: 7014 EMSG(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7015 break; 7016 case VAR_DICT: 7017 EMSG(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7018 break; 7019 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7020 EMSG(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7021 break; 7022 case VAR_JOB: 7023 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7024 EMSG(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7025 break; 7026 # endif 7027 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7028 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7029 EMSG(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7030 break; 7031 # endif 7032 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7033 internal_error("get_tv_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7034 break; 7035 } 7036 return 0; 7037 } 7038 #endif 7039 7040 /* 7041 * Get the string value of a variable. 7042 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7043 * get_tv_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7044 * get_tv_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7045 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7046 * Never returns NULL; 7047 * get_tv_string_chk() and get_tv_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7048 * NULL on error. 7049 */ 7050 char_u * 7051 get_tv_string(typval_T *varp) 7052 { 7053 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7054 7055 return get_tv_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7056 } 7057 7058 char_u * 7059 get_tv_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7060 { 7061 char_u *res = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7062 7063 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7064 } 7065 7066 /* 7067 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7068 */ 7069 char_u * 7070 get_tv_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7071 { 7072 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7073 7074 return get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7075 } 7076 7077 char_u * 7078 get_tv_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7079 { 7080 switch (varp->v_type) 7081 { 7082 case VAR_NUMBER: 7083 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7084 (long long)varp->vval.v_number); 7085 return buf; 7086 case VAR_FUNC: 7087 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7088 EMSG(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7089 break; 7090 case VAR_LIST: 7091 EMSG(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7092 break; 7093 case VAR_DICT: 7094 EMSG(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7095 break; 7096 case VAR_FLOAT: 7097 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7098 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 7099 break; 7100 #endif 7101 case VAR_STRING: 7102 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7103 return varp->vval.v_string; 7104 return (char_u *)""; 7105 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7106 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7107 return buf; 7108 case VAR_JOB: 7109 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7110 { 7111 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7112 char *status; 7113 7114 if (job == NULL) 7115 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7116 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7117 : job->jv_status >= JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7118 : "run"; 7119 # ifdef UNIX 7120 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7121 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7122 # elif defined(WIN32) 7123 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7124 "process %ld %s", 7125 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7126 status); 7127 # else 7128 /* fall-back */ 7129 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7130 # endif 7131 return buf; 7132 } 7133 #endif 7134 break; 7135 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7136 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7137 { 7138 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7139 char *status = channel_status(channel, -1); 7140 7141 if (channel == NULL) 7142 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7143 else 7144 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7145 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7146 return buf; 7147 } 7148 #endif 7149 break; 7150 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7151 EMSG(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7152 break; 7153 } 7154 return NULL; 7155 } 7156 7157 /* 7158 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7159 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7160 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7161 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7162 * hashtab_T used. 7163 */ 7164 dictitem_T * 7165 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7166 { 7167 char_u *varname; 7168 hashtab_T *ht; 7169 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7170 7171 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7172 if (htp != NULL) 7173 *htp = ht; 7174 if (ht == NULL) 7175 return NULL; 7176 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7177 if (ret != NULL) 7178 return ret; 7179 7180 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7181 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7182 } 7183 7184 /* 7185 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7186 * Returns NULL if not found. 7187 */ 7188 dictitem_T * 7189 find_var_in_ht( 7190 hashtab_T *ht, 7191 int htname, 7192 char_u *varname, 7193 int no_autoload) 7194 { 7195 hashitem_T *hi; 7196 7197 if (*varname == NUL) 7198 { 7199 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7200 switch (htname) 7201 { 7202 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_sctx.sc_sid)->sv_var; 7203 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7204 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7205 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7206 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7207 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7208 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7209 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7210 } 7211 return NULL; 7212 } 7213 7214 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7215 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7216 { 7217 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7218 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7219 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7220 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7221 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7222 { 7223 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7224 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7225 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7226 return NULL; 7227 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7228 } 7229 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7230 return NULL; 7231 } 7232 return HI2DI(hi); 7233 } 7234 7235 /* 7236 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7237 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7238 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7239 */ 7240 hashtab_T * 7241 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7242 { 7243 hashitem_T *hi; 7244 hashtab_T *ht; 7245 7246 if (name[0] == NUL) 7247 return NULL; 7248 if (name[1] != ':') 7249 { 7250 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7251 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7252 return NULL; 7253 *varname = name; 7254 7255 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7256 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7257 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7258 return &compat_hashtab; 7259 7260 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7261 if (ht == NULL) 7262 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7263 return ht; /* local variable */ 7264 } 7265 *varname = name + 2; 7266 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7267 return &globvarht; 7268 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7269 */ 7270 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7271 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7272 return NULL; 7273 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7274 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7275 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7276 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7277 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7278 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7279 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7280 return &vimvarht; 7281 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7282 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7283 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7284 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7285 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7286 && current_sctx.sc_sid > 0 && current_sctx.sc_sid <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7287 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_sctx.sc_sid); 7288 return NULL; 7289 } 7290 7291 /* 7292 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7293 * Note: see get_tv_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7294 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7295 */ 7296 char_u * 7297 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7298 { 7299 dictitem_T *v; 7300 7301 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7302 if (v == NULL) 7303 return NULL; 7304 return get_tv_string(&v->di_tv); 7305 } 7306 7307 /* 7308 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7309 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7310 */ 7311 void 7312 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7313 { 7314 int i; 7315 hashtab_T *ht; 7316 scriptvar_T *sv; 7317 7318 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7319 { 7320 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7321 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7322 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7323 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7324 { 7325 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7326 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7327 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7328 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7329 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7330 } 7331 7332 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7333 { 7334 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7335 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7336 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7337 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7338 } 7339 } 7340 } 7341 7342 /* 7343 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7344 * point to it. 7345 */ 7346 void 7347 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7348 { 7349 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7350 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7351 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7352 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7353 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7354 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7355 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7356 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7357 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7358 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7359 } 7360 7361 /* 7362 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7363 */ 7364 void 7365 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7366 { 7367 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7368 * normal reference counting. */ 7369 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7370 dict_unref(dict); 7371 } 7372 7373 /* 7374 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7375 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7376 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7377 */ 7378 void 7379 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7380 { 7381 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7382 } 7383 7384 /* 7385 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7386 */ 7387 void 7388 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7389 { 7390 int todo; 7391 hashitem_T *hi; 7392 dictitem_T *v; 7393 7394 hash_lock(ht); 7395 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7396 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7397 { 7398 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7399 { 7400 --todo; 7401 7402 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7403 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7404 * later. */ 7405 v = HI2DI(hi); 7406 if (free_val) 7407 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7408 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7409 vim_free(v); 7410 } 7411 } 7412 hash_clear(ht); 7413 ht->ht_used = 0; 7414 } 7415 7416 /* 7417 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7418 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7419 */ 7420 static void 7421 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7422 { 7423 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7424 7425 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7426 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7427 vim_free(di); 7428 } 7429 7430 /* 7431 * List the value of one internal variable. 7432 */ 7433 static void 7434 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first) 7435 { 7436 char_u *tofree; 7437 char_u *s; 7438 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7439 7440 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7441 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7442 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7443 vim_free(tofree); 7444 } 7445 7446 static void 7447 list_one_var_a( 7448 char_u *prefix, 7449 char_u *name, 7450 int type, 7451 char_u *string, 7452 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7453 { 7454 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7455 msg_start(); 7456 msg_puts(prefix); 7457 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7458 msg_puts(name); 7459 msg_putchar(' '); 7460 msg_advance(22); 7461 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7462 msg_putchar('#'); 7463 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7464 msg_putchar('*'); 7465 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7466 { 7467 msg_putchar('['); 7468 if (*string == '[') 7469 ++string; 7470 } 7471 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7472 { 7473 msg_putchar('{'); 7474 if (*string == '{') 7475 ++string; 7476 } 7477 else 7478 msg_putchar(' '); 7479 7480 msg_outtrans(string); 7481 7482 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7483 msg_puts((char_u *)"()"); 7484 if (*first) 7485 { 7486 msg_clr_eos(); 7487 *first = FALSE; 7488 } 7489 } 7490 7491 /* 7492 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7493 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7494 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7495 */ 7496 void 7497 set_var( 7498 char_u *name, 7499 typval_T *tv, 7500 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7501 { 7502 dictitem_T *v; 7503 char_u *varname; 7504 hashtab_T *ht; 7505 7506 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7507 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7508 { 7509 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7510 return; 7511 } 7512 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7513 7514 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7515 if (v == NULL) 7516 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7517 7518 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7519 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7520 return; 7521 7522 if (v != NULL) 7523 { 7524 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7525 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7526 || tv_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7527 return; 7528 7529 /* 7530 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7531 * prevent changing the type. 7532 */ 7533 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7534 { 7535 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7536 { 7537 vim_free(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7538 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7539 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(tv)); 7540 else 7541 { 7542 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7543 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7544 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7545 } 7546 return; 7547 } 7548 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7549 { 7550 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = get_tv_number(tv); 7551 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7552 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7553 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7554 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7555 { 7556 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7557 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7558 } 7559 #endif 7560 return; 7561 } 7562 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7563 internal_error("set_var()"); 7564 } 7565 7566 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7567 } 7568 else /* add a new variable */ 7569 { 7570 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 7571 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7572 { 7573 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7574 return; 7575 } 7576 7577 /* Make sure the variable name is valid. */ 7578 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7579 return; 7580 7581 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7582 + STRLEN(varname))); 7583 if (v == NULL) 7584 return; 7585 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7586 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7587 { 7588 vim_free(v); 7589 return; 7590 } 7591 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7592 } 7593 7594 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7595 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7596 else 7597 { 7598 v->di_tv = *tv; 7599 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7600 init_tv(tv); 7601 } 7602 } 7603 7604 /* 7605 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7606 * Also give an error message. 7607 */ 7608 int 7609 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7610 { 7611 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7612 { 7613 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7614 return TRUE; 7615 } 7616 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7617 { 7618 EMSG2(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7619 return TRUE; 7620 } 7621 return FALSE; 7622 } 7623 7624 /* 7625 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 7626 * Also give an error message. 7627 */ 7628 int 7629 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7630 { 7631 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 7632 { 7633 EMSG2(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 7634 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7635 return TRUE; 7636 } 7637 return FALSE; 7638 } 7639 7640 /* 7641 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 7642 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 7643 */ 7644 int 7645 var_check_func_name( 7646 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 7647 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 7648 { 7649 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 7650 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 7651 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 7652 ? name[2] : name[0])) 7653 { 7654 EMSG2(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 7655 name); 7656 return TRUE; 7657 } 7658 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 7659 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 7660 * below. */ 7661 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 7662 { 7663 EMSG2(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 7664 name); 7665 return TRUE; 7666 } 7667 return FALSE; 7668 } 7669 7670 /* 7671 * Check if a variable name is valid. 7672 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 7673 */ 7674 int 7675 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 7676 { 7677 char_u *p; 7678 7679 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 7680 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 7681 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7682 { 7683 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), varname); 7684 return FALSE; 7685 } 7686 return TRUE; 7687 } 7688 7689 /* 7690 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" is set to be locked (immutable). 7691 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 7692 * TRUE. 7693 */ 7694 int 7695 tv_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7696 { 7697 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 7698 { 7699 EMSG2(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 7700 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7701 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7702 : name); 7703 return TRUE; 7704 } 7705 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 7706 { 7707 EMSG2(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 7708 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7709 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7710 : name); 7711 return TRUE; 7712 } 7713 return FALSE; 7714 } 7715 7716 /* 7717 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 7718 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 7719 * Does not make a copy of a list or dict but copies the reference! 7720 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 7721 * make a copy later. 7722 */ 7723 void 7724 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 7725 { 7726 to->v_type = from->v_type; 7727 to->v_lock = 0; 7728 switch (from->v_type) 7729 { 7730 case VAR_NUMBER: 7731 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7732 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 7733 break; 7734 case VAR_FLOAT: 7735 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7736 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 7737 break; 7738 #endif 7739 case VAR_JOB: 7740 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7741 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 7742 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 7743 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 7744 break; 7745 #endif 7746 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7747 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7748 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 7749 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 7750 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 7751 break; 7752 #endif 7753 case VAR_STRING: 7754 case VAR_FUNC: 7755 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 7756 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 7757 else 7758 { 7759 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 7760 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 7761 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 7762 } 7763 break; 7764 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7765 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 7766 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7767 else 7768 { 7769 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 7770 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 7771 } 7772 break; 7773 case VAR_LIST: 7774 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7775 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7776 else 7777 { 7778 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 7779 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7780 } 7781 break; 7782 case VAR_DICT: 7783 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7784 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7785 else 7786 { 7787 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 7788 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7789 } 7790 break; 7791 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7792 internal_error("copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 7793 break; 7794 } 7795 } 7796 7797 /* 7798 * Make a copy of an item. 7799 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 7800 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 7801 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 7802 * Returns FAIL or OK. 7803 */ 7804 int 7805 item_copy( 7806 typval_T *from, 7807 typval_T *to, 7808 int deep, 7809 int copyID) 7810 { 7811 static int recurse = 0; 7812 int ret = OK; 7813 7814 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 7815 { 7816 EMSG(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 7817 return FAIL; 7818 } 7819 ++recurse; 7820 7821 switch (from->v_type) 7822 { 7823 case VAR_NUMBER: 7824 case VAR_FLOAT: 7825 case VAR_STRING: 7826 case VAR_FUNC: 7827 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7828 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7829 case VAR_JOB: 7830 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7831 copy_tv(from, to); 7832 break; 7833 case VAR_LIST: 7834 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 7835 to->v_lock = 0; 7836 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7837 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7838 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 7839 { 7840 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7841 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 7842 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7843 } 7844 else 7845 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 7846 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 7847 ret = FAIL; 7848 break; 7849 case VAR_DICT: 7850 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 7851 to->v_lock = 0; 7852 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7853 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7854 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 7855 { 7856 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7857 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 7858 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7859 } 7860 else 7861 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 7862 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7863 ret = FAIL; 7864 break; 7865 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7866 internal_error("item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 7867 ret = FAIL; 7868 } 7869 --recurse; 7870 return ret; 7871 } 7872 7873 /* 7874 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 7875 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 7876 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 7877 * when the user cancels the prompt. 7878 */ 7879 void 7880 get_user_input( 7881 typval_T *argvars, 7882 typval_T *rettv, 7883 int inputdialog, 7884 int secret) 7885 { 7886 char_u *prompt = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 7887 char_u *p = NULL; 7888 int c; 7889 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7890 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 7891 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 7892 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 7893 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 7894 7895 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 7896 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7897 7898 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 7899 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. When running tests 7900 * with --not-a-term we assume feedkeys() will be used. */ 7901 if (no_console_input() && !is_not_a_term()) 7902 return; 7903 #endif 7904 7905 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 7906 if (prompt != NULL) 7907 { 7908 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 7909 * prompt for the command line */ 7910 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 7911 if (p == NULL) 7912 p = prompt; 7913 else 7914 { 7915 ++p; 7916 c = *p; 7917 *p = NUL; 7918 msg_start(); 7919 msg_clr_eos(); 7920 msg_puts_attr(prompt, echo_attr); 7921 msg_didout = FALSE; 7922 msg_starthere(); 7923 *p = c; 7924 } 7925 cmdline_row = msg_row; 7926 7927 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7928 { 7929 defstr = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 7930 if (defstr != NULL) 7931 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 7932 7933 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7934 { 7935 char_u *xp_name; 7936 int xp_namelen; 7937 long argt; 7938 7939 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 7940 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7941 7942 xp_name = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 7943 if (xp_name == NULL) 7944 return; 7945 7946 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 7947 7948 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 7949 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 7950 return; 7951 } 7952 } 7953 7954 if (defstr != NULL) 7955 { 7956 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 7957 7958 ex_normal_busy = 0; 7959 rettv->vval.v_string = 7960 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 7961 xp_type, xp_arg); 7962 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 7963 } 7964 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 7965 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 7966 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7967 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string_buf( 7968 &argvars[2], buf)); 7969 7970 vim_free(xp_arg); 7971 7972 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 7973 need_wait_return = FALSE; 7974 msg_didout = FALSE; 7975 } 7976 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 7977 } 7978 7979 /* 7980 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 7981 * newline at the end. 7982 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 7983 */ 7984 void 7985 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 7986 { 7987 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 7988 typval_T rettv; 7989 char_u *tofree; 7990 char_u *p; 7991 int needclr = TRUE; 7992 int atstart = TRUE; 7993 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7994 7995 if (eap->skip) 7996 ++emsg_skip; 7997 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 7998 { 7999 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8000 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8001 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8002 8003 p = arg; 8004 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8005 { 8006 /* 8007 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8008 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8009 * exception. 8010 */ 8011 if (!aborting()) 8012 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8013 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8014 break; 8015 } 8016 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8017 8018 if (!eap->skip) 8019 { 8020 if (atstart) 8021 { 8022 atstart = FALSE; 8023 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8024 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8025 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8026 { 8027 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8028 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8029 * at the more prompt. */ 8030 msg_sb_eol(); 8031 msg_start(); 8032 } 8033 } 8034 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8035 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)" ", echo_attr); 8036 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8037 if (p != NULL) 8038 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8039 { 8040 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8041 { 8042 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8043 { 8044 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8045 msg_clr_eos(); 8046 needclr = FALSE; 8047 } 8048 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8049 } 8050 else 8051 { 8052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8053 if (has_mbyte) 8054 { 8055 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8056 8057 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8058 p += i - 1; 8059 } 8060 else 8061 #endif 8062 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8063 } 8064 } 8065 vim_free(tofree); 8066 } 8067 clear_tv(&rettv); 8068 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8069 } 8070 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8071 8072 if (eap->skip) 8073 --emsg_skip; 8074 else 8075 { 8076 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8077 if (needclr) 8078 msg_clr_eos(); 8079 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8080 msg_end(); 8081 } 8082 } 8083 8084 /* 8085 * ":echohl {name}". 8086 */ 8087 void 8088 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8089 { 8090 echo_attr = syn_name2attr(eap->arg); 8091 } 8092 8093 /* 8094 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8095 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8096 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8097 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8098 * echo commands 8099 */ 8100 void 8101 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8102 { 8103 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8104 typval_T rettv; 8105 int ret = OK; 8106 char_u *p; 8107 garray_T ga; 8108 int len; 8109 int save_did_emsg; 8110 8111 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8112 8113 if (eap->skip) 8114 ++emsg_skip; 8115 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8116 { 8117 p = arg; 8118 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8119 { 8120 /* 8121 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8122 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8123 * exception. 8124 */ 8125 if (!aborting()) 8126 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8127 ret = FAIL; 8128 break; 8129 } 8130 8131 if (!eap->skip) 8132 { 8133 p = get_tv_string(&rettv); 8134 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8135 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8136 { 8137 clear_tv(&rettv); 8138 ret = FAIL; 8139 break; 8140 } 8141 if (ga.ga_len) 8142 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8143 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8144 ga.ga_len += len; 8145 } 8146 8147 clear_tv(&rettv); 8148 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8149 } 8150 8151 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8152 { 8153 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg || eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8154 { 8155 /* Mark the already saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8156 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back at the 8157 * more prompt. */ 8158 msg_sb_eol(); 8159 } 8160 8161 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8162 { 8163 MSG_ATTR(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8164 out_flush(); 8165 } 8166 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8167 { 8168 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8169 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8170 EMSG((char_u *)ga.ga_data); 8171 if (!force_abort) 8172 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8173 } 8174 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8175 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8176 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8177 } 8178 8179 ga_clear(&ga); 8180 8181 if (eap->skip) 8182 --emsg_skip; 8183 8184 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8185 } 8186 8187 /* 8188 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8189 */ 8190 win_T * 8191 find_win_by_nr( 8192 typval_T *vp, 8193 tabpage_T *tp) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8194 { 8195 win_T *wp; 8196 int nr; 8197 8198 nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8199 8200 if (nr < 0) 8201 return NULL; 8202 if (nr == 0) 8203 return curwin; 8204 8205 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8206 { 8207 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8208 { 8209 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8210 return wp; 8211 } 8212 else if (--nr <= 0) 8213 break; 8214 } 8215 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8216 return NULL; 8217 return wp; 8218 } 8219 8220 /* 8221 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8222 */ 8223 win_T * 8224 find_tabwin( 8225 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8226 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8227 { 8228 win_T *wp = NULL; 8229 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8230 long n; 8231 8232 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8233 { 8234 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8235 { 8236 n = (long)get_tv_number(tvp); 8237 if (n >= 0) 8238 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8239 } 8240 else 8241 tp = curtab; 8242 8243 if (tp != NULL) 8244 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8245 } 8246 else 8247 wp = curwin; 8248 8249 return wp; 8250 } 8251 8252 /* 8253 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8254 */ 8255 void 8256 getwinvar( 8257 typval_T *argvars, 8258 typval_T *rettv, 8259 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8260 { 8261 win_T *win; 8262 char_u *varname; 8263 dictitem_T *v; 8264 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8265 int done = FALSE; 8266 win_T *oldcurwin; 8267 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8268 int need_switch_win; 8269 8270 if (off == 1) 8271 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8272 else 8273 tp = curtab; 8274 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8275 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8276 ++emsg_off; 8277 8278 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8279 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8280 8281 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8282 { 8283 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8284 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8285 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8286 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8287 if (!need_switch_win 8288 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8289 { 8290 if (*varname == '&') 8291 { 8292 if (varname[1] == NUL) 8293 { 8294 /* get all window-local options in a dict */ 8295 dict_T *opts = get_winbuf_options(FALSE); 8296 8297 if (opts != NULL) 8298 { 8299 rettv_dict_set(rettv, opts); 8300 done = TRUE; 8301 } 8302 } 8303 else if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8304 /* window-local-option */ 8305 done = TRUE; 8306 } 8307 else 8308 { 8309 /* Look up the variable. */ 8310 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8311 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8312 varname, FALSE); 8313 if (v != NULL) 8314 { 8315 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8316 done = TRUE; 8317 } 8318 } 8319 } 8320 8321 if (need_switch_win) 8322 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8323 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8324 } 8325 8326 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8327 /* use the default return value */ 8328 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8329 8330 --emsg_off; 8331 } 8332 8333 /* 8334 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8335 */ 8336 void 8337 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8338 { 8339 win_T *win; 8340 win_T *save_curwin; 8341 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8342 int need_switch_win; 8343 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8344 typval_T *varp; 8345 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8346 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8347 8348 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 8349 return; 8350 8351 if (off == 1) 8352 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8353 else 8354 tp = curtab; 8355 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8356 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8357 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8358 8359 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8360 { 8361 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8362 if (!need_switch_win 8363 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8364 { 8365 if (*varname == '&') 8366 { 8367 long numval; 8368 char_u *strval; 8369 int error = FALSE; 8370 8371 ++varname; 8372 numval = (long)get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); 8373 strval = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8374 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8375 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8376 } 8377 else 8378 { 8379 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8380 if (winvarname != NULL) 8381 { 8382 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8383 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8384 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8385 vim_free(winvarname); 8386 } 8387 } 8388 } 8389 if (need_switch_win) 8390 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8391 } 8392 } 8393 8394 /* 8395 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8396 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8397 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8398 * after the option name. 8399 */ 8400 static char_u * 8401 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8402 { 8403 char_u *p = *arg; 8404 8405 ++p; 8406 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8407 { 8408 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8409 p += 2; 8410 } 8411 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8412 { 8413 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8414 p += 2; 8415 } 8416 else 8417 *opt_flags = 0; 8418 8419 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8420 return NULL; 8421 *arg = p; 8422 8423 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8424 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8425 else 8426 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8427 ++p; 8428 return p; 8429 } 8430 8431 /* 8432 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8433 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8434 */ 8435 char_u * 8436 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8437 { 8438 char_u *p; 8439 char_u *scriptname; 8440 8441 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8442 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8443 if (scriptname == NULL) 8444 return FALSE; 8445 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8446 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8447 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8448 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8449 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8450 *p = '/'; 8451 return scriptname; 8452 } 8453 8454 /* 8455 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8456 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8457 */ 8458 int 8459 script_autoload( 8460 char_u *name, 8461 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8462 { 8463 char_u *p; 8464 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8465 int ret = FALSE; 8466 int i; 8467 8468 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8469 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8470 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8471 return FALSE; 8472 8473 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8474 8475 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8476 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8477 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8478 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8479 break; 8480 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8481 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8482 else 8483 { 8484 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8485 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8486 { 8487 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8488 tofree = NULL; 8489 } 8490 8491 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8492 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8493 ret = TRUE; 8494 } 8495 8496 vim_free(tofree); 8497 return ret; 8498 } 8499 8500 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8501 typedef enum 8502 { 8503 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8504 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8505 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8506 } var_flavour_T; 8507 8508 static var_flavour_T 8509 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8510 { 8511 char_u *p = varname; 8512 8513 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8514 { 8515 while (*(++p)) 8516 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8517 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8518 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8519 } 8520 else 8521 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8522 } 8523 #endif 8524 8525 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8526 /* 8527 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8528 */ 8529 int 8530 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8531 { 8532 char_u *tab; 8533 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8534 typval_T tv; 8535 funccal_entry_T funccal_entry; 8536 8537 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8538 { 8539 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8540 if (tab != NULL) 8541 { 8542 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8543 switch (*tab) 8544 { 8545 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8546 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8547 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8548 #endif 8549 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8550 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8551 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8552 } 8553 8554 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8555 if (tab != NULL) 8556 { 8557 tv.v_type = type; 8558 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8559 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8560 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8561 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8562 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8563 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8564 #endif 8565 else 8566 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8567 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8568 { 8569 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8570 8571 if (etv == NULL) 8572 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 8573 * string. */ 8574 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 8575 else 8576 { 8577 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8578 tv = *etv; 8579 vim_free(etv); 8580 } 8581 } 8582 8583 /* when in a function use global variables */ 8584 save_funccal(&funccal_entry); 8585 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 8586 restore_funccal(); 8587 8588 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8589 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8590 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 8591 clear_tv(&tv); 8592 } 8593 } 8594 } 8595 8596 return viminfo_readline(virp); 8597 } 8598 8599 /* 8600 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 8601 */ 8602 void 8603 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 8604 { 8605 hashitem_T *hi; 8606 dictitem_T *this_var; 8607 int todo; 8608 char *s = ""; 8609 char_u *p; 8610 char_u *tofree; 8611 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8612 8613 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 8614 return; 8615 8616 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 8617 8618 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8619 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8620 { 8621 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8622 { 8623 --todo; 8624 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8625 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 8626 { 8627 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 8628 { 8629 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 8630 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 8631 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 8632 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 8633 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 8634 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 8635 8636 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8637 case VAR_FUNC: 8638 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8639 case VAR_JOB: 8640 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8641 continue; 8642 } 8643 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 8644 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 8645 if (p != NULL) 8646 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 8647 vim_free(tofree); 8648 } 8649 } 8650 } 8651 } 8652 #endif 8653 8654 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 8655 int 8656 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 8657 { 8658 hashitem_T *hi; 8659 dictitem_T *this_var; 8660 int todo; 8661 char_u *p, *t; 8662 8663 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8664 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8665 { 8666 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8667 { 8668 --todo; 8669 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8670 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 8671 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8672 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8673 { 8674 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 8675 * CR into \n and \r. */ 8676 p = vim_strsave_escaped(get_tv_string(&this_var->di_tv), 8677 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 8678 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 8679 break; 8680 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 8681 if (*t == '\n') 8682 *t = 'n'; 8683 else if (*t == '\r') 8684 *t = 'r'; 8685 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 8686 this_var->di_key, 8687 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8688 : ' ', 8689 p, 8690 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8691 : ' ') < 0) 8692 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8693 { 8694 vim_free(p); 8695 return FAIL; 8696 } 8697 vim_free(p); 8698 } 8699 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8700 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 8701 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8702 { 8703 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 8704 int sign = ' '; 8705 8706 if (f < 0) 8707 { 8708 f = -f; 8709 sign = '-'; 8710 } 8711 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 8712 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 8713 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8714 return FAIL; 8715 } 8716 #endif 8717 } 8718 } 8719 return OK; 8720 } 8721 #endif 8722 8723 /* 8724 * Display script name where an item was last set. 8725 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 8726 */ 8727 void 8728 last_set_msg(sctx_T script_ctx) 8729 { 8730 char_u *p; 8731 8732 if (script_ctx.sc_sid != 0) 8733 { 8734 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(script_ctx.sc_sid)); 8735 if (p != NULL) 8736 { 8737 verbose_enter(); 8738 MSG_PUTS(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 8739 MSG_PUTS(p); 8740 if (script_ctx.sc_lnum > 0) 8741 { 8742 MSG_PUTS(_(" line ")); 8743 msg_outnum((long)script_ctx.sc_lnum); 8744 } 8745 verbose_leave(); 8746 vim_free(p); 8747 } 8748 } 8749 } 8750 8751 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 8752 void 8753 reset_v_option_vars(void) 8754 { 8755 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 8756 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 8757 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 8758 } 8759 8760 /* 8761 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 8762 */ 8763 void 8764 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8765 { 8766 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8767 8768 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 8769 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 8770 { 8771 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 8772 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8773 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 8774 } 8775 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8776 { 8777 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 8778 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 8779 } 8780 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 8781 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 8782 } 8783 8784 /* 8785 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 8786 */ 8787 void 8788 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8789 { 8790 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 8791 8792 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 8793 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 8794 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 8795 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 8796 } 8797 8798 int 8799 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8800 { 8801 garray_T ga; 8802 8803 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 8804 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 8805 { 8806 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8807 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8808 atype); 8809 assert_error(&ga); 8810 ga_clear(&ga); 8811 return 1; 8812 } 8813 return 0; 8814 } 8815 8816 int 8817 assert_equalfile(typval_T *argvars) 8818 { 8819 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8820 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8821 char_u *fname1 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8822 char_u *fname2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8823 garray_T ga; 8824 FILE *fd1; 8825 FILE *fd2; 8826 8827 if (fname1 == NULL || fname2 == NULL) 8828 return 0; 8829 8830 IObuff[0] = NUL; 8831 fd1 = mch_fopen((char *)fname1, READBIN); 8832 if (fd1 == NULL) 8833 { 8834 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname1); 8835 } 8836 else 8837 { 8838 fd2 = mch_fopen((char *)fname2, READBIN); 8839 if (fd2 == NULL) 8840 { 8841 fclose(fd1); 8842 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname2); 8843 } 8844 else 8845 { 8846 int c1, c2; 8847 long count = 0; 8848 8849 for (;;) 8850 { 8851 c1 = fgetc(fd1); 8852 c2 = fgetc(fd2); 8853 if (c1 == EOF) 8854 { 8855 if (c2 != EOF) 8856 STRCPY(IObuff, "first file is shorter"); 8857 break; 8858 } 8859 else if (c2 == EOF) 8860 { 8861 STRCPY(IObuff, "second file is shorter"); 8862 break; 8863 } 8864 else if (c1 != c2) 8865 { 8866 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 8867 "difference at byte %ld", count); 8868 break; 8869 } 8870 ++count; 8871 } 8872 fclose(fd1); 8873 fclose(fd2); 8874 } 8875 } 8876 if (IObuff[0] != NUL) 8877 { 8878 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8879 ga_concat(&ga, IObuff); 8880 assert_error(&ga); 8881 ga_clear(&ga); 8882 return 1; 8883 } 8884 return 0; 8885 } 8886 8887 int 8888 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8889 { 8890 garray_T ga; 8891 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8892 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8893 char_u *pat = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8894 char_u *text = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8895 8896 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 8897 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 8898 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 8899 { 8900 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8901 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8902 atype); 8903 assert_error(&ga); 8904 ga_clear(&ga); 8905 return 1; 8906 } 8907 return 0; 8908 } 8909 8910 int 8911 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 8912 { 8913 garray_T ga; 8914 int error = FALSE; 8915 varnumber_T lower = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 8916 varnumber_T upper = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 8917 varnumber_T actual = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 8918 char_u *tofree; 8919 char msg[200]; 8920 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8921 8922 if (error) 8923 return 0; 8924 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 8925 { 8926 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8927 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8928 { 8929 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 8930 vim_free(tofree); 8931 } 8932 else 8933 { 8934 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 8935 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 8936 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 8937 } 8938 assert_error(&ga); 8939 ga_clear(&ga); 8940 return 1; 8941 } 8942 return 0; 8943 } 8944 8945 /* 8946 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 8947 * Return non-zero for failure. 8948 */ 8949 int 8950 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 8951 { 8952 int error = FALSE; 8953 garray_T ga; 8954 8955 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 8956 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 8957 return 0; 8958 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 8959 || (get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 8960 || error) 8961 { 8962 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8963 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 8964 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 8965 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 8966 assert_error(&ga); 8967 ga_clear(&ga); 8968 return 1; 8969 } 8970 return 0; 8971 } 8972 8973 int 8974 assert_report(typval_T *argvars) 8975 { 8976 garray_T ga; 8977 8978 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8979 ga_concat(&ga, get_tv_string(&argvars[0])); 8980 assert_error(&ga); 8981 ga_clear(&ga); 8982 return 1; 8983 } 8984 8985 int 8986 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 8987 { 8988 garray_T ga; 8989 char_u *error = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 8990 8991 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 8992 { 8993 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8994 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 8995 assert_error(&ga); 8996 ga_clear(&ga); 8997 return 1; 8998 } 8999 else if (error != NULL 9000 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9001 { 9002 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9003 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9004 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9005 assert_error(&ga); 9006 ga_clear(&ga); 9007 return 1; 9008 } 9009 return 0; 9010 } 9011 9012 int 9013 assert_beeps(typval_T *argvars) 9014 { 9015 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9016 garray_T ga; 9017 int ret = 0; 9018 9019 called_vim_beep = FALSE; 9020 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9021 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9022 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9023 if (!called_vim_beep) 9024 { 9025 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9026 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not beep: "); 9027 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9028 assert_error(&ga); 9029 ga_clear(&ga); 9030 ret = 1; 9031 } 9032 9033 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9034 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9035 return ret; 9036 } 9037 9038 int 9039 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9040 { 9041 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9042 garray_T ga; 9043 int ret = 0; 9044 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9045 char_u *tofree; 9046 9047 called_emsg = FALSE; 9048 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9049 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9050 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9051 if (!called_emsg) 9052 { 9053 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9054 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9055 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 9056 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9057 { 9058 ga_concat(&ga, echo_string(&argvars[2], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9059 vim_free(tofree); 9060 } 9061 else 9062 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9063 assert_error(&ga); 9064 ga_clear(&ga); 9065 ret = 1; 9066 } 9067 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9068 { 9069 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9070 char *error = (char *)get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9071 9072 if (error == NULL 9073 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9074 { 9075 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9076 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9077 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9078 assert_error(&ga); 9079 ga_clear(&ga); 9080 ret = 1; 9081 } 9082 } 9083 9084 called_emsg = FALSE; 9085 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9086 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9087 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9088 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9089 return ret; 9090 } 9091 9092 /* 9093 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9094 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9095 */ 9096 static void 9097 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9098 { 9099 char_u *p; 9100 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9101 9102 if (str == NULL) 9103 { 9104 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9105 return; 9106 } 9107 9108 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9109 switch (*p) 9110 { 9111 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9112 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9113 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9114 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9115 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9116 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9117 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9118 default: 9119 if (*p < ' ') 9120 { 9121 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9122 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9123 } 9124 else 9125 ga_append(gap, *p); 9126 break; 9127 } 9128 } 9129 9130 /* 9131 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9132 */ 9133 void 9134 fill_assert_error( 9135 garray_T *gap, 9136 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9137 char_u *exp_str, 9138 typval_T *exp_tv, 9139 typval_T *got_tv, 9140 assert_type_T atype) 9141 { 9142 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9143 char_u *tofree; 9144 9145 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9146 { 9147 ga_concat(gap, echo_string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9148 vim_free(tofree); 9149 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9150 } 9151 9152 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9153 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9154 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9155 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected not equal to "); 9156 else 9157 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9158 if (exp_str == NULL) 9159 { 9160 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9161 vim_free(tofree); 9162 } 9163 else 9164 ga_concat_esc(gap, exp_str); 9165 if (atype != ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9166 { 9167 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9168 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9169 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9170 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9171 else 9172 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9173 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9174 vim_free(tofree); 9175 } 9176 } 9177 9178 /* 9179 * Compare "typ1" and "typ2". Put the result in "typ1". 9180 */ 9181 int 9182 typval_compare( 9183 typval_T *typ1, /* first operand */ 9184 typval_T *typ2, /* second operand */ 9185 exptype_T type, /* operator */ 9186 int type_is, /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 9187 int ic) /* ignore case */ 9188 { 9189 int i; 9190 varnumber_T n1, n2; 9191 char_u *s1, *s2; 9192 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9193 9194 if (type_is && typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9195 { 9196 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 9197 * it means TRUE. */ 9198 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 9199 } 9200 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_LIST || typ2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 9201 { 9202 if (type_is) 9203 { 9204 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9205 && typ1->vval.v_list == typ2->vval.v_list); 9206 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9207 n1 = !n1; 9208 } 9209 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9210 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9211 { 9212 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9213 EMSG(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 9214 else 9215 EMSG(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 9216 clear_tv(typ1); 9217 return FAIL; 9218 } 9219 else 9220 { 9221 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 9222 n1 = list_equal(typ1->vval.v_list, typ2->vval.v_list, 9223 ic, FALSE); 9224 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9225 n1 = !n1; 9226 } 9227 } 9228 9229 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_DICT || typ2->v_type == VAR_DICT) 9230 { 9231 if (type_is) 9232 { 9233 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9234 && typ1->vval.v_dict == typ2->vval.v_dict); 9235 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9236 n1 = !n1; 9237 } 9238 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9239 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9240 { 9241 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9242 EMSG(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 9243 else 9244 EMSG(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 9245 clear_tv(typ1); 9246 return FAIL; 9247 } 9248 else 9249 { 9250 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 9251 n1 = dict_equal(typ1->vval.v_dict, typ2->vval.v_dict, 9252 ic, FALSE); 9253 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9254 n1 = !n1; 9255 } 9256 } 9257 9258 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC || typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 9259 || typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9260 { 9261 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 9262 { 9263 EMSG(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 9264 clear_tv(typ1); 9265 return FAIL; 9266 } 9267 if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9268 && typ1->vval.v_partial == NULL) 9269 || (typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9270 && typ2->vval.v_partial == NULL)) 9271 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 9272 n1 = FALSE; 9273 else if (type_is) 9274 { 9275 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC && typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 9276 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 9277 * the same */ 9278 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9279 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9280 && typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9281 n1 = (typ1->vval.v_partial == typ2->vval.v_partial); 9282 else 9283 n1 = FALSE; 9284 } 9285 else 9286 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9287 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9288 n1 = !n1; 9289 } 9290 9291 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 9292 /* 9293 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 9294 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9295 */ 9296 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9297 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9298 { 9299 float_T f1, f2; 9300 9301 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9302 f1 = typ1->vval.v_float; 9303 else 9304 f1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9305 if (typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9306 f2 = typ2->vval.v_float; 9307 else 9308 f2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9309 n1 = FALSE; 9310 switch (type) 9311 { 9312 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 9313 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 9314 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 9315 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 9316 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 9317 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 9318 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9319 case TYPE_MATCH: 9320 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9321 } 9322 } 9323 #endif 9324 9325 /* 9326 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 9327 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9328 */ 9329 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || typ2->v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 9330 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9331 { 9332 n1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9333 n2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9334 switch (type) 9335 { 9336 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 9337 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 9338 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 9339 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 9340 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 9341 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 9342 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9343 case TYPE_MATCH: 9344 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9345 } 9346 } 9347 else 9348 { 9349 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(typ1, buf1); 9350 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(typ2, buf2); 9351 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9352 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 9353 else 9354 i = 0; 9355 n1 = FALSE; 9356 switch (type) 9357 { 9358 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 9359 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 9360 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 9361 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 9362 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 9363 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 9364 9365 case TYPE_MATCH: 9366 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 9367 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 9368 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 9369 n1 = !n1; 9370 break; 9371 9372 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9373 } 9374 } 9375 clear_tv(typ1); 9376 typ1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 9377 typ1->vval.v_number = n1; 9378 9379 return OK; 9380 } 9381 9382 char_u * 9383 typval_tostring(typval_T *arg) 9384 { 9385 char_u *tofree; 9386 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9387 char_u *ret = NULL; 9388 9389 if (arg == NULL) 9390 return vim_strsave((char_u *)"(does not exist)"); 9391 ret = tv2string(arg, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 9392 /* Make a copy if we have a value but it's not in allocated memory. */ 9393 if (ret != NULL && tofree == NULL) 9394 ret = vim_strsave(ret); 9395 return ret; 9396 } 9397 9398 int 9399 var_exists(char_u *var) 9400 { 9401 char_u *name; 9402 char_u *tofree; 9403 typval_T tv; 9404 int len = 0; 9405 int n = FALSE; 9406 9407 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 9408 name = var; 9409 len = get_name_len(&var, &tofree, TRUE, FALSE); 9410 if (len > 0) 9411 { 9412 if (tofree != NULL) 9413 name = tofree; 9414 n = (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == OK); 9415 if (n) 9416 { 9417 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 9418 n = (handle_subscript(&var, &tv, TRUE, FALSE) == OK); 9419 if (n) 9420 clear_tv(&tv); 9421 } 9422 } 9423 if (*var != NUL) 9424 n = FALSE; 9425 9426 vim_free(tofree); 9427 return n; 9428 } 9429 9430 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9431 9432 9433 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9434 9435 #ifdef WIN3264 9436 /* 9437 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9438 */ 9439 9440 /* 9441 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9442 * Only works for a valid file name. 9443 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9444 * is put in "bufp". 9445 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9446 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9447 */ 9448 static int 9449 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 9450 { 9451 int l, len; 9452 char_u *newbuf; 9453 9454 len = *fnamelen; 9455 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 9456 if (l > len - 1) 9457 { 9458 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 9459 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 9460 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 9461 if (newbuf == NULL) 9462 return FAIL; 9463 9464 vim_free(*bufp); 9465 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 9466 9467 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 9468 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 9469 } 9470 9471 *fnamelen = l; 9472 return OK; 9473 } 9474 9475 /* 9476 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 9477 * path is returned in "bufp". 9478 * 9479 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 9480 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 9481 * append the remaining non-existing path. 9482 * 9483 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 9484 * pointer to the shortened pathname 9485 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 9486 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 9487 * 9488 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 9489 */ 9490 static int 9491 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 9492 char_u **fname, 9493 char_u **bufp, 9494 int *fnamelen) 9495 { 9496 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 9497 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 9498 char_u ch; 9499 int old_len, len; 9500 int new_len, sfx_len; 9501 int retval = OK; 9502 9503 /* Make a copy */ 9504 old_len = *fnamelen; 9505 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 9506 pbuf_unused = NULL; 9507 short_fname = NULL; 9508 9509 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 9510 save_endp = endp; 9511 9512 /* 9513 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 9514 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 9515 */ 9516 len = 0; 9517 for (;;) 9518 { 9519 /* go back one path-separator */ 9520 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 9521 --endp; 9522 if (endp <= save_fname) 9523 break; /* processed the complete path */ 9524 9525 /* 9526 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 9527 * resulting path. 9528 */ 9529 ch = *endp; 9530 *endp = 0; 9531 short_fname = save_fname; 9532 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 9533 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 9534 { 9535 retval = FAIL; 9536 goto theend; 9537 } 9538 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 9539 9540 if (len > 0) 9541 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 9542 9543 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 9544 --endp; 9545 } 9546 9547 if (len > 0) 9548 { 9549 /* 9550 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 9551 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 9552 */ 9553 9554 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 9555 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 9556 new_len = len + sfx_len; 9557 9558 *fnamelen = new_len; 9559 vim_free(*bufp); 9560 if (new_len > old_len) 9561 { 9562 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 9563 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 9564 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 9565 if (*fname == NULL) 9566 { 9567 retval = FAIL; 9568 goto theend; 9569 } 9570 } 9571 else 9572 { 9573 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 9574 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 9575 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 9576 if (short_fname != save_fname) 9577 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 9578 save_fname = NULL; 9579 } 9580 9581 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 9582 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 9583 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 9584 } 9585 9586 theend: 9587 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 9588 vim_free(save_fname); 9589 9590 return retval; 9591 } 9592 9593 /* 9594 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 9595 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 9596 */ 9597 static int 9598 shortpath_for_partial( 9599 char_u **fnamep, 9600 char_u **bufp, 9601 int *fnamelen) 9602 { 9603 int sepcount, len, tflen; 9604 char_u *p; 9605 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 9606 int hasTilde; 9607 9608 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 9609 * of the path to return. */ 9610 sepcount = 0; 9611 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9612 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9613 ++sepcount; 9614 9615 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9616 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 9617 if (hasTilde) 9618 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9619 else 9620 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9621 9622 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 9623 9624 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9625 return FAIL; 9626 9627 if (len == 0) 9628 { 9629 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 9630 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 9631 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 9632 */ 9633 len = tflen; 9634 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9635 return FAIL; 9636 } 9637 9638 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 9639 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 9640 { 9641 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9642 if (has_mbyte) 9643 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 9644 #endif 9645 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9646 { 9647 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 9648 break; 9649 else 9650 sepcount --; 9651 } 9652 } 9653 if (hasTilde) 9654 { 9655 --p; 9656 if (p >= tfname) 9657 *p = '~'; 9658 else 9659 return FAIL; 9660 } 9661 else 9662 ++p; 9663 9664 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 9665 vim_free(*bufp); 9666 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9667 *bufp = pbuf; 9668 *fnamep = p; 9669 9670 return OK; 9671 } 9672 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9673 9674 /* 9675 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 9676 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 9677 * determined by *fnamelen. 9678 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 9679 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 9680 */ 9681 int 9682 modify_fname( 9683 char_u *src, // string with modifiers 9684 int tilde_file, // "~" is a file name, not $HOME 9685 int *usedlen, // characters after src that are used 9686 char_u **fnamep, // file name so far 9687 char_u **bufp, // buffer for allocated file name or NULL 9688 int *fnamelen) // length of fnamep 9689 { 9690 int valid = 0; 9691 char_u *tail; 9692 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 9693 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 9694 int c; 9695 int has_fullname = 0; 9696 #ifdef WIN3264 9697 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 9698 int has_shortname = 0; 9699 #endif 9700 9701 repeat: 9702 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 9703 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 9704 { 9705 has_fullname = 1; 9706 9707 valid |= VALID_PATH; 9708 *usedlen += 2; 9709 9710 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 9711 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 9712 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 9713 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 9714 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 9715 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 9716 # endif 9717 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9718 #endif 9719 && !(tilde_file && (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9720 ) 9721 { 9722 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9723 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9724 *bufp = *fnamep; 9725 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9726 return -1; 9727 } 9728 9729 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 9730 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9731 { 9732 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 9733 && p[1] == '.' 9734 && (p[2] == NUL 9735 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 9736 || (p[2] == '.' 9737 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 9738 break; 9739 } 9740 9741 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 9742 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9743 { 9744 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 9745 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9746 *bufp = *fnamep; 9747 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9748 return -1; 9749 } 9750 9751 #ifdef WIN3264 9752 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 9753 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 9754 { 9755 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 9756 * file does not have two different names. 9757 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 9758 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 9759 if (p != NULL) 9760 { 9761 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 9762 { 9763 vim_free(*bufp); 9764 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9765 } 9766 else 9767 vim_free(p); 9768 } 9769 } 9770 # endif 9771 #endif 9772 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 9773 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 9774 { 9775 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 9776 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 9777 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9778 *bufp = *fnamep; 9779 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9780 return -1; 9781 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 9782 } 9783 } 9784 9785 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 9786 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 9787 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 9788 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9789 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 9790 { 9791 *usedlen += 2; 9792 if (c == '8') 9793 { 9794 #ifdef WIN3264 9795 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 9796 #endif 9797 continue; 9798 } 9799 pbuf = NULL; 9800 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9801 if (!has_fullname) 9802 { 9803 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 9804 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9805 else 9806 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9807 } 9808 else 9809 p = *fnamep; 9810 9811 has_fullname = 0; 9812 9813 if (p != NULL) 9814 { 9815 if (c == '.') 9816 { 9817 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 9818 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 9819 if (s != NULL) 9820 { 9821 *fnamep = s; 9822 if (pbuf != NULL) 9823 { 9824 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9825 *bufp = pbuf; 9826 pbuf = NULL; 9827 } 9828 } 9829 } 9830 else 9831 { 9832 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9833 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 9834 if (*dirname == '~') 9835 { 9836 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 9837 if (s != NULL) 9838 { 9839 *fnamep = s; 9840 vim_free(*bufp); 9841 *bufp = s; 9842 } 9843 } 9844 } 9845 vim_free(pbuf); 9846 } 9847 } 9848 9849 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 9850 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 9851 9852 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 9853 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 9854 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 9855 { 9856 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 9857 *usedlen += 2; 9858 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 9859 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9860 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9861 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9862 #ifdef VMS 9863 if (*fnamelen > 0) 9864 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 9865 #endif 9866 if (*fnamelen == 0) 9867 { 9868 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 9869 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 9870 if (p == NULL) 9871 return -1; 9872 vim_free(*bufp); 9873 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 9874 *fnamelen = 1; 9875 } 9876 else 9877 { 9878 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9879 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9880 } 9881 } 9882 9883 /* ":8" - shortname */ 9884 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 9885 { 9886 *usedlen += 2; 9887 #ifdef WIN3264 9888 has_shortname = 1; 9889 #endif 9890 } 9891 9892 #ifdef WIN3264 9893 /* 9894 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 9895 */ 9896 if (has_shortname) 9897 { 9898 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 9899 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 9900 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 9901 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 9902 { 9903 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9904 if (p == NULL) 9905 return -1; 9906 vim_free(*bufp); 9907 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9908 } 9909 9910 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 9911 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 9912 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9913 { 9914 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 9915 return -1; 9916 } 9917 else 9918 { 9919 int l = *fnamelen; 9920 9921 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 9922 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 9923 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9924 return -1; 9925 9926 if (l == 0) 9927 { 9928 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 9929 l = *fnamelen; 9930 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9931 return -1; 9932 } 9933 *fnamelen = l; 9934 } 9935 } 9936 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9937 9938 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 9939 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 9940 { 9941 *usedlen += 2; 9942 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9943 *fnamep = tail; 9944 } 9945 9946 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 9947 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 9948 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9949 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 9950 { 9951 /* find a '.' in the tail: 9952 * - for second :e: before the current fname 9953 * - otherwise: The last '.' 9954 */ 9955 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 9956 s = *fnamep - 2; 9957 else 9958 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9959 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 9960 if (s[0] == '.') 9961 break; 9962 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 9963 { 9964 if (s > tail) 9965 { 9966 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 9967 *fnamep = s + 1; 9968 #ifdef VMS 9969 /* cut version from the extension */ 9970 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9971 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 9972 if (s[0] == ';') 9973 break; 9974 if (s > *fnamep) 9975 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 9976 #endif 9977 } 9978 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 9979 *fnamelen = 0; 9980 } 9981 else /* :r */ 9982 { 9983 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 9984 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 9985 } 9986 *usedlen += 2; 9987 } 9988 9989 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 9990 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 9991 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9992 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 9993 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 9994 { 9995 char_u *str; 9996 char_u *pat; 9997 char_u *sub; 9998 int sep; 9999 char_u *flags; 10000 int didit = FALSE; 10001 10002 flags = (char_u *)""; 10003 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 10004 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 10005 { 10006 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 10007 ++s; 10008 } 10009 10010 sep = *s++; 10011 if (sep) 10012 { 10013 /* find end of pattern */ 10014 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10015 if (p != NULL) 10016 { 10017 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10018 if (pat != NULL) 10019 { 10020 s = p + 1; 10021 /* find end of substitution */ 10022 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10023 if (p != NULL) 10024 { 10025 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10026 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 10027 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 10028 { 10029 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 10030 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 10031 if (s != NULL) 10032 { 10033 *fnamep = s; 10034 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 10035 vim_free(*bufp); 10036 *bufp = s; 10037 didit = TRUE; 10038 } 10039 } 10040 vim_free(sub); 10041 vim_free(str); 10042 } 10043 vim_free(pat); 10044 } 10045 } 10046 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 10047 if (didit) 10048 goto repeat; 10049 } 10050 } 10051 10052 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 10053 { 10054 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 10055 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 10056 if (c != NUL) 10057 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 10058 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 10059 if (c != NUL) 10060 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 10061 if (p == NULL) 10062 return -1; 10063 vim_free(*bufp); 10064 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 10065 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 10066 *usedlen += 2; 10067 } 10068 10069 return valid; 10070 } 10071 10072 /* 10073 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 10074 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 10075 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 10076 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 10077 */ 10078 char_u * 10079 do_string_sub( 10080 char_u *str, 10081 char_u *pat, 10082 char_u *sub, 10083 typval_T *expr, 10084 char_u *flags) 10085 { 10086 int sublen; 10087 regmatch_T regmatch; 10088 int i; 10089 int do_all; 10090 char_u *tail; 10091 char_u *end; 10092 garray_T ga; 10093 char_u *ret; 10094 char_u *save_cpo; 10095 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 10096 10097 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 10098 save_cpo = p_cpo; 10099 p_cpo = empty_option; 10100 10101 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 10102 10103 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 10104 10105 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 10106 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 10107 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 10108 { 10109 tail = str; 10110 end = str + STRLEN(str); 10111 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 10112 { 10113 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 10114 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 10115 { 10116 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 10117 { 10118 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 10119 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 10120 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 10121 (size_t)i); 10122 ga.ga_len += i; 10123 tail += i; 10124 continue; 10125 } 10126 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 10127 } 10128 10129 /* 10130 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 10131 * into. It will contain: 10132 * - The text up to where the match is. 10133 * - The substituted text. 10134 * - The text after the match. 10135 */ 10136 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 10137 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 10138 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 10139 { 10140 ga_clear(&ga); 10141 break; 10142 } 10143 10144 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 10145 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 10146 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 10147 /* add the substituted text */ 10148 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 10149 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 10150 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 10151 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 10152 if (*tail == NUL) 10153 break; 10154 if (!do_all) 10155 break; 10156 } 10157 10158 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 10159 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 10160 10161 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 10162 } 10163 10164 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 10165 ga_clear(&ga); 10166 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 10167 p_cpo = save_cpo; 10168 else 10169 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 10170 free_string_option(save_cpo); 10171 10172 return ret; 10173 } 10174 10175 static int 10176 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 10177 { 10178 typval_T rettv; 10179 typval_T argv[3]; 10180 int retval = FAIL; 10181 10182 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10183 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10184 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10185 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, argv, 2, &rettv) == FAIL) 10186 goto theend; 10187 if (map) 10188 { 10189 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10190 clear_tv(tv); 10191 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10192 *tv = rettv; 10193 } 10194 else 10195 { 10196 int error = FALSE; 10197 10198 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10199 *remp = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10200 clear_tv(&rettv); 10201 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10202 * loop. The error message was given by get_tv_number_chk(). */ 10203 if (error) 10204 goto theend; 10205 } 10206 retval = OK; 10207 theend: 10208 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10209 return retval; 10210 } 10211 10212 10213 /* 10214 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10215 */ 10216 void 10217 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10218 { 10219 typval_T *expr; 10220 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10221 list_T *l = NULL; 10222 dictitem_T *di; 10223 hashtab_T *ht; 10224 hashitem_T *hi; 10225 dict_T *d = NULL; 10226 typval_T save_val; 10227 typval_T save_key; 10228 int rem; 10229 int todo; 10230 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10231 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10232 : N_("filter() argument")); 10233 int save_did_emsg; 10234 int idx = 0; 10235 10236 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10237 { 10238 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10239 || (!map && tv_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10240 return; 10241 } 10242 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10243 { 10244 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10245 || (!map && tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10246 return; 10247 } 10248 else 10249 { 10250 EMSG2(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10251 return; 10252 } 10253 10254 expr = &argvars[1]; 10255 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10256 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10257 * was not passed as argument. */ 10258 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10259 { 10260 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10261 10262 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10263 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10264 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10265 did_emsg = FALSE; 10266 10267 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10268 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10269 { 10270 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10271 10272 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10273 hash_lock(ht); 10274 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10275 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10276 { 10277 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10278 { 10279 int r; 10280 10281 --todo; 10282 di = HI2DI(hi); 10283 if (map && 10284 (tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10285 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10286 break; 10287 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10288 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10289 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10290 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10291 break; 10292 if (!map && rem) 10293 { 10294 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10295 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10296 break; 10297 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10298 } 10299 } 10300 } 10301 hash_unlock(ht); 10302 } 10303 else 10304 { 10305 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10306 10307 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10308 { 10309 if (map && tv_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10310 break; 10311 nli = li->li_next; 10312 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10313 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10314 || did_emsg) 10315 break; 10316 if (!map && rem) 10317 listitem_remove(l, li); 10318 ++idx; 10319 } 10320 } 10321 10322 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10323 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10324 10325 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10326 } 10327 10328 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10329 } 10330 10331 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10332